Improve MinGW target of Makefile

It works now with an install of MinGW for both Win32 and Win64. It needs
libpng and zlib.

Signed-off-by: Antonio Niño Díaz <antonio_nd@outlook.com>

.gitignore

@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+rgbasm
+rgblink
+rgbfix
+rgbgfx
+*.o
+*.exe
+*.html

.travis-deps.sh

@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+
+if [ $TRAVIS_OS_NAME = "osx" ]; then
+    brew update
+    brew install libpng pkg-config
+else # linux
+    sudo apt-get -qq update
+    sudo apt-get install -y -q bison flex libpng-dev pkg-config
+fi
+
+echo "Dependencies:"
+yacc --version
+flex --version

.travis.yml

@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+language: c
+sudo: required
+install:
+  - ./.travis-deps.sh
+os:
+  - linux
+  - osx
+compiler:
+  - clang
+  - gcc
+script:
+  - make
+  - sudo make install
+after_success:
+  - pushd test/asm/ && ./test.sh && popd
+  - pushd test/link/ && ./test.sh && popd

GNUmakefile

@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+# GNU Make 3.x doesn't support the "!=" shell syntax, so here's an alternative
+
+PKG_CONFIG = pkg-config
+PNGFLAGS = $(shell ${PKG_CONFIG} --cflags libpng)
+
+include Makefile

LICENSE

@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-rgbasm and rgblink are derived from Justin Lloyd's RGBDS, which is
-released under the following license:
-
-                      DO WHATEVER PUBLIC LICENSE*
-   TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
-
-  0. You can do whatever you want to with the work.
-  1. You cannot stop anybody from doing whatever they want to with the work.
-  2. You cannot revoke anybody elses DO WHATEVER PUBLIC LICENSE in the work.
-
- This program is free software. It comes without any warranty, to
- the extent permitted by applicable law. You can redistribute it
- and/or modify it under the terms of the DO WHATEVER PUBLIC LICENSE
- 
- Software originally created by Justin Lloyd @ http://otakunozoku.com/
-
-
-rgbfix was rewritten from scratch by Anthony J. Bentley, and is released
-under the ISC license; see the source file for the text of the license.
-
-extern/err.c is derived from the Musl C library, http://www.musl-libc.org,
-and is released under the MIT license.
-
-extern/reallocarray.c is derived from the OpenBSD Project,
-http://www.openbsd.org, and is released under the ISC license.
-
-extern/strl.c is derived from the OpenBSD Project, http://www.openbsd.org,
-and is released under the BSD license.

LICENSE.md

@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+# Original code
+
+Copyright (C) 1997  Carsten Sorensen <surfsmurf@matilde.demon.co.uk>
+
+The ASMotor package (xAsm, xLink, RGBFix, examples and documentation) is
+freeware and distributed as is. The author retains his copyright and right to
+modify the specifications and operation of the software without notice.
+
+In other words this means I encourage you to...
+
+- use it for whatever purpose even professional work without me charging you a
+  penny
+- copy it to another person (wholly or in part, though I'm sure he'd appreciate
+  the whole package) in whatever form you find suitable
+- mass-distribute the ASMotor package if it is complete (xAsm, xLink, RGBFix and
+  documentation).
+- contact me if you have any problems
+
+This also means you can't...
+
+- blame me for loss of profit, data, sleep, food or other nasty things through
+  the use or distribution of ASMotor. If you choose to use ASMotor  you do so at
+  your own risk.
+- expect me to be able to help you should you have a problem related or not to
+  ASMotor.
+
+# Otaku no Zoku's modifications
+
+Copyright (C) 1999  Justin Lloyd <jlloyd@imf.la> (?)
+
+```
+                      DO WHATEVER PUBLIC LICENSE*
+   TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
+
+  0. You can do whatever you want to with the work.
+  1. You cannot stop anybody from doing whatever they want to with the work.
+  2. You cannot revoke anybody elses DO WHATEVER PUBLIC LICENSE in the work.
+
+ This program is free software. It comes without any warranty, to
+ the extent permitted by applicable law. You can redistribute it
+ and/or modify it under the terms of the DO WHATEVER PUBLIC LICENSE
+
+ Software originally created by Justin Lloyd @ http://otakunozoku.com/
+```
+
+# rgbds-linux
+
+Copyright (C) 2009  Vegard Nossum <vegard.nossum@gmail.com>
+
+# Current
+
+rgbasm and rgblink are derived from Justin Lloyd's RGBDS.
+
+rgbfix was rewritten from scratch by Anthony J. Bentley, and is released
+under the ISC license; see the source file for the text of the license.
+
+rgbgfx was written by stag019, and is released under the ISC license.
+
+Some files of rgblink were written by Antonio Niño Díaz, and they are relased
+under the ISC license. The affected files have the appropriate license in the
+header of the file.
+
+The UTF-8 decoder in src/asm/charmap.c was written by Björn Höhrmann and is
+released under the MIT license. The remainder of charmap.c was written by
+stag019, and is released under the ISC license.
+
+extern/err.c is derived from the Musl C library, http://www.musl-libc.org,
+and is released under the MIT license.
+
+extern/reallocarray.c is derived from the OpenBSD Project,
+http://www.openbsd.org, and is released under the ISC license.
+
+extern/strl.c is derived from the OpenBSD Project, http://www.openbsd.org,
+and is released under the BSD license.

Makefile

@@ -1,14 +1,23 @@
-.POSIX:
-
-WARNFLAGS =	-Wall -Werror=implicit
-REALCFLAGS =	${CFLAGS} ${WARNFLAGS} -Iinclude -g \
+PKG_CONFIG	= pkg-config
+WARNFLAGS	= -Wall -Werror
+PNGFLAGS	!= ${PKG_CONFIG} --cflags libpng
+REALCFLAGS	= ${CFLAGS} ${WARNFLAGS} ${PNGFLAGS} -Iinclude -g \
 		-std=c99 -D_POSIX_C_SOURCE=200809L
 
+LFLAGS		:= --nounistd
+
+YACC		:= yacc
+FLEX		:= flex
+RM		:= rm -rf
+
 # User-defined variables
-PREFIX =	/usr/local
-BINPREFIX =	${PREFIX}/bin
-MANPREFIX =	${PREFIX}/man
-Q =		@
+PREFIX		= /usr/local
+bindir		= ${PREFIX}/bin
+mandir		= ${PREFIX}/man
+Q		= @
+STRIP		= -s
+BINMODE		= 555
+MANMODE		= 444
 
 rgbasm_obj = \
 	src/asm/asmy.o \
@@ -29,12 +38,15 @@ rgbasm_obj = \
 
 rgblink_obj = \
 	src/link/assign.o \
+	src/link/lexer.o \
 	src/link/library.o \
 	src/link/main.o \
 	src/link/mapfile.o \
 	src/link/object.o \
 	src/link/output.o \
 	src/link/patch.o \
+	src/link/parser.o \
+	src/link/script.o \
 	src/link/symbol.o \
 	src/extern/err.o
 
@@ -42,25 +54,39 @@ rgbfix_obj = \
 	src/fix/main.o \
 	src/extern/err.o
 
-all: rgbasm rgblink rgbfix
+rgbgfx_obj = \
+	src/gfx/gb.o \
+	src/gfx/main.o \
+	src/gfx/makepng.o \
+	src/extern/err.o
+
+all: rgbasm rgblink rgbfix rgbgfx
 
 clean:
-	$Qrm -rf rgbds.html
-	$Qrm -rf rgbasm rgbasm.exe ${rgbasm_obj} rgbasm.html
-	$Qrm -rf rgblink rgblink.exe ${rgblink_obj} rgblink.html
-	$Qrm -rf rgbfix rgbfix.exe ${rgbfix_obj} rgbfix.html
-	$Qrm -rf src/asm/asmy.c src/asm/asmy.h
+	$Q${RM} rgbds.7.html gbz80.7.html rgbds.5.html
+	$Q${RM} rgbasm rgbasm.exe ${rgbasm_obj} rgbasm.1.html rgbasm.5.html
+	$Q${RM} rgblink rgblink.exe ${rgblink_obj} rgblink.1.html rgblink.5.html
+	$Q${RM} rgbfix rgbfix.exe ${rgbfix_obj} rgbfix.1.html
+	$Q${RM} rgbgfx rgbgfx.exe ${rgbgfx_obj} rgbgfx.1.html
+	$Q${RM} src/asm/asmy.c src/asm/asmy.h
+	$Q${RM} src/link/lexer.c src/link/parser.c src/link/parser.h
 
 install: all
-	$Qmkdir -p ${BINPREFIX}
-	$Qinstall -s -m 555 rgbasm ${BINPREFIX}/rgbasm
-	$Qinstall -s -m 555 rgbfix ${BINPREFIX}/rgbfix
-	$Qinstall -s -m 555 rgblink ${BINPREFIX}/rgblink
-	$Qmkdir -p ${MANPREFIX}/man1 ${MANPREFIX}/man7
-	$Qinstall -m 444 src/rgbds.7 ${MANPREFIX}/man7/rgbds.7
-	$Qinstall -m 444 src/asm/rgbasm.1 ${MANPREFIX}/man1/rgbasm.1
-	$Qinstall -m 444 src/fix/rgbfix.1 ${MANPREFIX}/man1/rgbfix.1
-	$Qinstall -m 444 src/link/rgblink.1 ${MANPREFIX}/man1/rgblink.1
+	$Qmkdir -p ${DESTDIR}${bindir}
+	$Qinstall ${STRIP} -m ${BINMODE} rgbasm ${DESTDIR}${bindir}/rgbasm
+	$Qinstall ${STRIP} -m ${BINMODE} rgbfix ${DESTDIR}${bindir}/rgbfix
+	$Qinstall ${STRIP} -m ${BINMODE} rgblink ${DESTDIR}${bindir}/rgblink
+	$Qinstall ${STRIP} -m ${BINMODE} rgbgfx ${DESTDIR}${bindir}/rgbgfx
+	$Qmkdir -p ${DESTDIR}${mandir}/man1 ${DESTDIR}${mandir}/man5 ${DESTDIR}${mandir}/man7
+	$Qinstall -m ${MANMODE} src/rgbds.7 ${DESTDIR}${mandir}/man7/rgbds.7
+	$Qinstall -m ${MANMODE} src/gbz80.7 ${DESTDIR}${mandir}/man7/gbz80.7
+	$Qinstall -m ${MANMODE} src/rgbds.5 ${DESTDIR}${mandir}/man7/rgbds.5
+	$Qinstall -m ${MANMODE} src/asm/rgbasm.1 ${DESTDIR}${mandir}/man1/rgbasm.1
+	$Qinstall -m ${MANMODE} src/asm/rgbasm.5 ${DESTDIR}${mandir}/man1/rgbasm.5
+	$Qinstall -m ${MANMODE} src/fix/rgbfix.1 ${DESTDIR}${mandir}/man1/rgbfix.1
+	$Qinstall -m ${MANMODE} src/link/rgblink.1 ${DESTDIR}${mandir}/man1/rgblink.1
+	$Qinstall -m ${MANMODE} src/link/rgblink.5 ${DESTDIR}${mandir}/man5/rgblink.5
+	$Qinstall -m ${MANMODE} src/gfx/rgbgfx.1 ${DESTDIR}${mandir}/man1/rgbgfx.1
 
 rgbasm: ${rgbasm_obj}
 	$Q${CC} ${REALCFLAGS} -o $@ ${rgbasm_obj} -lm
@@ -71,37 +97,61 @@ rgblink: ${rgblink_obj}
 rgbfix: ${rgbfix_obj}
 	$Q${CC} ${REALCFLAGS} -o $@ ${rgbfix_obj}
 
+rgbgfx: ${rgbgfx_obj}
+	$Q${CC} ${REALCFLAGS} -o $@ ${rgbgfx_obj} `${PKG_CONFIG} --libs libpng`
+
 .y.c:
 	$Q${YACC} -d ${YFLAGS} -o $@ $<
 
+.l.o:
+	$Q${RM} $*.c
+	$Q${FLEX} ${LFLAGS} -o $*.c $<
+	$Q${CC} ${REALCFLAGS} -c -o $@ $*.c
+	$Q${RM} $*.c
+
 .c.o:
 	$Q${CC} ${REALCFLAGS} -c -o $@ $<
 
 src/asm/locallex.o src/asm/globlex.o src/asm/lexer.o: src/asm/asmy.h
 src/asm/asmy.h: src/asm/asmy.c
 
+src/link/lexer.o : src/link/parser.h
+src/link/parser.h : src/link/parser.c
+
 # Below is a target for the project maintainer to easily create win32 exes.
 # This is not for Windows users!
 # If you're building on Windows with Cygwin or Mingw, just follow the Unix
 # install instructions instead.
 mingw:
-	$Qenv PATH=/usr/local/mingw32/bin:/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin \
-		make WARNFLAGS= CC=gcc CFLAGS="-I/usr/local/mingw32/include \
-			${CFLAGS}"
-	$Qmv rgbasm rgbasm.exe
-	$Qmv rgblink rgblink.exe
-	$Qmv rgbfix rgbfix.exe
+	$Q${RM} win32 win64
+	$Qmkdir win32 win64
+	$Qenv make clean
+	$Qenv PKG_CONFIG_PATH=/usr/i686-w64-mingw32/sys-root/mingw/lib/pkgconfig/ \
+		make CC=i686-w64-mingw32-gcc YACC=bison WARNFLAGS= -j
+	$Qmv rgbasm win32/rgbasm.exe
+	$Qmv rgblink win32/rgblink.exe
+	$Qmv rgbfix win32/rgbfix.exe
+	$Qmv rgbgfx win32/rgbgfx.exe
+	$Qenv make clean
+	$Qenv PKG_CONFIG_PATH=/usr/x86_64-w64-mingw32/sys-root/mingw/lib/pkgconfig/ \
+		make CC=x86_64-w64-mingw32-gcc YACC=bison WARNFLAGS= -j
+	$Qmv rgbasm win64/rgbasm.exe
+	$Qmv rgblink win64/rgblink.exe
+	$Qmv rgbfix win64/rgbfix.exe
+	$Qmv rgbgfx win64/rgbgfx.exe
+	$Qenv make clean
 
 # Below is a target for the project maintainer to easily create web manuals.
 # It relies on mandoc: http://mdocml.bsd.lv
-MANDOC =	-Thtml -Ios=General -Oman=/rgbds/manual/%N/ \
-			-Ostyle=/rgbds/manual/manual.css
+MANDOC =	-Thtml -Ios=General -Oman=%N.%S.html -Ostyle=manual.css
 
 wwwman:
-	$Qmandoc ${MANDOC} src/rgbds.7 | sed s/OpenBSD/General/ > rgbds.html
-	$Qmandoc ${MANDOC} src/asm/rgbasm.1 | sed s/OpenBSD/General/ > \
-		rgbasm.html
-	$Qmandoc ${MANDOC} src/fix/rgbfix.1 | sed s/OpenBSD/General/ > \
-		rgbfix.html
-	$Qmandoc ${MANDOC} src/link/rgblink.1 | sed s/OpenBSD/General/ > \
-		rgblink.html
+	$Qmandoc ${MANDOC} src/rgbds.7 > rgbds.7.html
+	$Qmandoc ${MANDOC} src/gbz80.7 > gbz80.7.html
+	$Qmandoc ${MANDOC} src/rgbds.5 > rgbds.5.html
+	$Qmandoc ${MANDOC} src/asm/rgbasm.1 > rgbasm.1.html
+	$Qmandoc ${MANDOC} src/asm/rgbasm.5 > rgbasm.5.html
+	$Qmandoc ${MANDOC} src/fix/rgbfix.1 > rgbfix.1.html
+	$Qmandoc ${MANDOC} src/link/rgblink.1 > rgblink.1.html
+	$Qmandoc ${MANDOC} src/link/rgblink.5 > rgblink.5.html
+	$Qmandoc ${MANDOC} src/gfx/rgbgfx.1 > rgbgfx.1.html

README

@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
-----------------
-  RGBDS README
-----------------
-
-RGBDS (Rednex Game Boy Development System) is a free assembler/linker package
-for the Game Boy and Game Boy Color. It consists of:
-
-  - rgbasm  (assembler)
-  - rgblink (linker)
-  - rgbfix  (checksum/header fixer)
-
-rgbds-linux is a fork of the original RGBDS which aims to make the programs
-more like other UNIX tools.
-
-
-  Installing RGBDS (UNIX)
-=========================
-
-To build the programs on a UNIX or UNIX-like system, just run in your terminal:
-
-  make
-
-Then to install the compiled programs and manual pages, run (with appropriate
-privileges):
-
-  make install
-
-After installation, you can read the manuals with the man(1) command. E.g.,
-
-  man 1 rgbasm
-
-
-Note: the variables described below can affect installation behavior when given
-on the make command line. For example, to install rgbds in your home directory
-instead of systemwide, run the following:
-
-  mkdir -p $HOME/{bin,man/man1,man/man7}
-  make install PREFIX=$HOME
-
-
-PREFIX: Location where RGBDS will be installed. Defaults to /usr/local.
-
-BINPREFIX: Location where the RGBDS programs will be installed. Defaults
-to ${PREFIX}/bin.
-
-MANPREFIX: Location where the RGBDS man pages will be installed. Defaults
-to ${PREFIX}/man.
-
-Q: Whether to quiet the build or not. To make the build more verbose, clear
-this variable. Defaults to @.
-
-
-  Installing RGBDS (Windows)
-============================
-
-Windows builds are available here: https://github.com/bentley/rgbds/releases
-
-Copy the .exe files to C:\Windows\ or similar.

README.md

@@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
+# RGBDS
+
+RGBDS (Rednex Game Boy Development System) is a free assembler/linker package
+for the Game Boy and Game Boy Color. It consists of:
+
+  - rgbasm  (assembler)
+  - rgblink (linker)
+  - rgbfix  (checksum/header fixer)
+  - rgbgfx  (PNG‐to‐Game Boy graphics converter)
+
+This is a fork of the original RGBDS which aims to make the programs more like
+other UNIX tools.
+
+This toolchain is maintained on [GitHub](https://github.com/rednex/rgbds), as
+well as its [documentation](https://github.com/rednex/rednex.github.io).
+
+The documentation of this toolchain can be viewed online
+[here](https://rednex.github.io/), it is generated from the man pages found in
+this repository.
+
+## 1. Installing RGBDS
+
+### 1.1 Windows
+
+Windows builds are available in the releases page on GitHub:
+
+    https://github.com/rednex/rgbds/releases
+
+Copy the `.exe` files to `C:\Windows\` or similar.
+
+If you require the latest version in development, it should be possible to
+compile RGBDS with MinGW or Cygwin by following the instructions to build it
+on UNIX systems.
+
+### 1.2 macOS
+
+You can build RGBDS by following the instructions below. However, if you would
+prefer not to build RGBDS yourself, you may also install it using
+[Homebrew](http://brew.sh/).
+
+To install the latest release, use:
+
+```sh
+brew install rgbds
+```
+
+To install RGBDS with all of the current changes in development (as seen on the
+`master` branch on GitHub), use:
+
+```sh
+brew install rgbds --HEAD
+```
+
+### 1.3 Other UNIX-like systems
+
+No official binaries of RGBDS are distributed for these systems, you must follow
+the simple instructions below to compile and install it.
+
+
+## 2. Building RGBDS from source
+
+RGBDS can be built in UNIX-like systems by following the instructions below.
+
+### 2.1 Dependencies
+
+RGBDS requires yacc, flex, libpng and pkg-config to be installed.
+
+On macOS, install the latter two with [Homebrew](http://brew.sh/):
+
+```sh
+brew install libpng pkg-config
+```
+
+On other Unixes, use the built-in package manager. For example, on Debian or
+Ubuntu:
+
+```sh
+sudo apt-get install byacc flex pkg-config libpng-dev
+```
+
+You can test if libpng and pkg-config are installed by running
+`pkg-config --cflags libpng`: if the output is a path, then you're good, and if
+it outputs an error then you need to install them via a package manager.
+
+### 2.2 Build process
+
+To build the programs, run in your terminal:
+
+```sh
+make
+```
+
+Then, to install the compiled programs and manual pages, run (with appropriate
+privileges, e.g, with `sudo`):
+
+
+```sh
+make install
+```
+
+After installation, you can read the manuals with the `man` command. E.g.,
+
+```sh
+man 7 rgbds
+```
+
+There are some variables in the Makefile that can be redefined by the user. The
+variables described below can affect installation behavior when given on the
+make command line. For example, to install RGBDS in your home directory instead
+of systemwide, run the following:
+
+```sh
+mkdir -p $HOME/{bin,man/man1,man/man7}
+make install PREFIX=$HOME
+```
+
+To do a verbose build, run:
+
+```sh
+make Q=
+```
+
+This is the complete list of user-defined variables:
+
+- `PREFIX`: Location where RGBDS will be installed. Defaults to `/usr/local`.
+
+- `bindir`: Location where the binaries will be installed. Defaults to `${PREFIX}/bin`.
+
+- `mandir`: Location where the manpages will be installed. Defaults to `${PREFIX}/man`.
+
+- `DESTDIR`: This is prepended to all paths during the installation. It is
+  mainly used for packaging.
+
+- `Q`: Whether to quiet the build or not. To make the build more verbose, clear
+  this variable. Defaults to `@`.
+
+- `STRIP`: Whether to strip the installed binaries of debug symbols or not.
+  Defaults to `-s`.
+
+- `BINMODE`: Permissions of the installed binaries. Defaults to `555`.
+
+- `MANMODE`: Permissions of the installed manpages. Defaults to `444`.
+
+## 3 History
+
+- Around 1997, Carsten Sorensen (AKA SurfSmurf) writes ASMotor as a
+  general-purpose assembler/linker system for DOS/Win32
+
+- Around 1999, Justin Lloyd (AKA Otaku no Zoku) adapts ASMotor to read and
+  produce GBZ80 assembly/machine code, and releases this version as RGBDS.
+
+- 2009, Vegard Nossum adapts the code to be more UNIX-like and releases this
+  version as rgbds-linux on [GitHub](https://github.com/vegard/rgbds-linux).
+
+- 2010, Anthony J. Bentley forks that repository. The fork becomes the reference
+  implementation of rgbds.
+
+- 2017, Bentley's repository is moved to a neutral name.

doc/asm.htm

@@ -1,129 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/strict.dtd">
-<html>
-<head>
-	<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=UTF-8">
-	<title>xAsm</title>
-	<link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="./style.css">
-</head>
-<body>
-<h1>xAsm Documentation</h1>
-<h2>Table of Contents</h2>
-<h3>General stuff</h3>
-<ul>
-	<li><a href="asm/history.htm">History</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/usage.htm">Usage</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/opt.htm">Changing options while assembling</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/popo.htm">The option stack</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/syntax.htm">Syntax and comments</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/section.htm">Sections</a>
-</ul>
-
-<h3>Symbols</h3>
-<ul>
-	<li><a href="asm/symbols.htm">Symbols</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/export.htm">Exporting and importing symbols</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/purge.htm">Purging symbols</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/presym.htm">Predeclared symbols</a>
-</ul>
-
-<h3>The macrolanguage</h3>
-<ul>
-	<li><a href="asm/print.htm">Printing out things during assembling</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/rept.htm">Automatically repeating blocks of code</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/fail.htm">Aborting the assembly process</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/include.htm">Including other sourcefiles</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/if.htm">Conditional assembling</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/expr_int.htm">Integer and Boolean expressions</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/expr_fix.htm">Fixed-point expressions and functions</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/expr_str.htm">String expressions, functions and formatting</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/miscfunc.htm">Other functions</a>
-</ul>
-
-<h3>Other ways than mnemonics to define data</h3>
-<ul>
-	<li><a href="asm/db.htm">Defining constant data</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/ds.htm">Declaring variables in a RAM section</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/incbin.htm">Including binary files</a>
-</ul>
-
-<h3>Target specific information</h3>
-<ul>
-	<li><a href="asm/trg_gb.htm">The Gameboy</a>
-</ul>
-
-<h3>Alphabetical list of the macro-language instructions and functions</h3>
-<ul>
-	<li><a href="asm/presym.htm">@</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/presym.htm">__DATE__</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/presym.htm">__LINE__</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/presym.htm">__TIME__</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/presym.htm">_NARG</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/presym.htm">_PI</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/presym.htm">_RS</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/expr_fix.htm">ACOS</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/expr_fix.htm">ASIN</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/expr_fix.htm">ATAN</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/expr_fix.htm">ATAN2</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/miscfunc.htm">BANK</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/expr_fix.htm">COS</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/db.htm">DB</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/miscfunc.htm">DEF</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/expr_fix.htm">DIV</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/ds.htm">DS</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/db.htm">DW</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/if.htm">ELSE</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/if.htm">ENDC</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/macro.htm">ENDM</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/rept.htm">ENDR</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/equ.htm">EQU</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/equs.htm">EQUS</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/export.htm">EXPORT</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/fail.htm">FAIL</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/export.htm">GLOBAL</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/section.htm">HRAM</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/if.htm">IF</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/export.htm">IMPORT</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/incbin.htm">INCBIN</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/include.htm">INCLUDE</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/macro.htm">MACRO</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/expr_fix.htm">MUL</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/opt.htm">OPT</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/popo.htm">POPO</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/pops.htm">POPS</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/print.htm">PRINTF</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/print.htm">PRINTT</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/print.htm">PRINTV</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/purge.htm">PURGE</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/popo.htm">PUSHO</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/pops.htm">PUSHS</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/rept.htm">REPT</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/rs.htm">RB</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/section.htm">ROM0</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/section.htm">ROMX</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/rs.htm">RSRESET</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/rs.htm">RSSET</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/rs.htm">RW</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/section.htm">SECTION</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/set.htm">SET</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/shift.htm">SHIFT</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/expr_fix.htm">SIN</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/section.htm">SRAM</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/expr_str.htm">STRCAT</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/expr_str.htm">STRCMP</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/expr_str.htm">STRIN</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/expr_str.htm">STRLEN</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/expr_str.htm">STRLWR</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/expr_str.htm">STRSUB</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/expr_str.htm">STRUPR</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/expr_fix.htm">TAN</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/section.htm">VRAM</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/section.htm">WRAM0</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/section.htm">WRAMX</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/fail.htm">WARN</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/export.htm">XDEF</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/export.htm">XREF</a>
-</ul>
-
-<p>Last updated 20 July 1997 by <a href="mailto:surfsmurf@matilde.demon.co.uk">Carsten Sorensen</a></p>
-</body>
-</html>

doc/asm/db.htm

@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/strict.dtd">
-<html>
-<head>
-	<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=UTF-8">
-	<title>xAsm DB, DW</title>
-	<link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="../style.css">
-</head>
-<body>
-<h1>DB, DW</h1>
-<p><dfn>DB</dfn> defines a list of bytes that will be stored in the final image. Ideal for tables and text.</p>
-<pre>DB   1,2,3,4,"This is a string"</pre>
-<p>Alternatively you can use <dfn>DW</dfn> to store a list of words. Strings are not allowed as arguments to DW.</p>
-<p>You can also use DB and DW without arguments. This works exactly like “DS 1” and “DS 2” respectively. Consequently DB and DW can be used in a WRAM0/WRAMX/HRAM/VRAM/SRAM section.</p>
-<h1>See also:</h1>
-<ul>
-	<li><a href="expr_int.htm">Integer and Boolean expressions</a>
-	<li><a href="expr_fix.htm">Fixed-point expressions and functions</a>
-	<li><a href="expr_str.htm">String expressions, functions and formatting</a>
-	<li><a href="ds.htm">Declaring variables in a RAM section</a>
-	<li><a href="miscfunc.htm">Other functions</a>
-</ul>
-
-<hr>
-<p>Last updated 02 July 1997 by <a href="mailto:surfsmurf@matilde.demon.co.uk">Carsten Sorensen</a></p>
-</body>
-</html>

doc/asm/ds.htm

@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/strict.dtd">
-<html>
-<head>
-	<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=UTF-8">
-	<title>xAsm DS</title>
-        <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="../style.css">
-</head>
-<body>
-<h1>DS</h1>
-<p><dfn>DS</dfn> allocates a number of bytes. The content is undefined. This is the preferred method of allocationg space in a <a href="section.htm">RAM section</a>. You can however also use DB and DW without any arguments.</p>
-<pre>DS   str_SIZEOF     ;allocate str_SIZEOF bytes</pre>
-<h1>See also:</h1>
-<ul>
-	<li><a href="db.htm">Defining constant data (DB/DW)</a>
-	<li><a href="expr_int.htm">Integer and Boolean expressions</a>
-</ul>
-<hr>
-<p>Last updated 02 July 1997 by <a href="mailto:surfsmurf@matilde.demon.co.uk">Carsten Sorensen</a></p>
-</body>
-</html>

doc/asm/equ.htm

@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/strict.dtd">
-<html>
-<head>
-	<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=UTF-8">
-	<title>xAsm EQU</title>
-        <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="../style.css">
-</head>
-<body>
-<h1>EQU</h1>
-<p>EQUates are constant symbols. They can for example be used for things such as bit-definitions of hardware-registers.</p>
-<pre>DONUT_ISGOOD   EQU  $01
-DONUT_ISBAD    EQU  $02</pre>          
-<p>Note that a colon (:) following the label-name is not allowed. EQUates can be <a href="export.htm">exported and imported</a>. They don't change their value during the link process.</p>
-<h1>See also:</h1>
-<ul>
-<li><a href="expr_int.htm">Integer and Boolean expressions</a>
-</ul>
-<hr>
-<p>Last updated 21 June 1997 by <a href="mailto:surfsmurf@matilde.demon.co.uk">Carsten Sorensen</a></p>
-</body>
-</html>

doc/asm/equs.htm

@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/strict.dtd">
-<html>
-<head>
-	<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=UTF-8">
-	<title>xAsm EQUS</title>
-        <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="../style.css">
-</head>
-<body>
-<h1>EQUS</h1>
-<p>EQUS is used to define string-symbols. Wherever the assembler meets a string symbol its name is replaced with its value. If you are familiar with C you can think of it as the same as #define.</p>
-<pre>COUNTREG EQUS "[hl+]"
-          
-         ld   a,COUNTREG</pre>
-<p>(Note that : following the label-name is not allowed.)</p>
-<p>This will be interpreted as:</p>
-<pre>         ld   a,[hl+]</pre>
-<p>String-symbols can also be used to define small one-line macros:</p>
-<pre>PUSHA    EQUS "push af\npush bc\npush de\npush hl\n"</pre>
-<p>Note that a colon (:) following the label-name is not allowed. String equates can't be exported or imported.</p>
-<h1>See also:</h1>
-<ul>
-	<li><a href="expr_str.htm">String expressions, functions and formatting</a>
-</ul>
-<hr>
-<p>Last updated 21 June 1997 by <a href="mailto:surfsmurf@matilde.demon.co.uk">Carsten Sorensen</a></p>
-</body>
-</html>

doc/asm/export.htm

@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/strict.dtd">
-<html>
-<head>
-	<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=UTF-8">
-	<title>xAsm EXPORT/XREF, IMPORT/XDEF, GLOBAL</title>
-        <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="../style.css">
-</head>
-<body>
-<h1>EXPORT/XREF, IMPORT/XDEF, GLOBAL</h1>
-<p>Importing and exporting of symbols is a feature that is very useful when your project spans many source-files and for example you need to jump to a routine defined in another file.</p>
-<table>
-	<caption>Import/export commands</caption>
-<thead>
-<tr>
-	<th scope="col">Command</th>
-	<th scope="col">Meaning</th>
-</tr>
-</thead>
-<tr>
-	<td>IMPORT (or XREF) <i>label</i>[,<i>label</i>,...]</td>
-	<td>This  instructs the assembler to define label as if it were present
-                  in the current file but leave the address calculation to the linker.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>EXPORT (or XDEF) <i>label</i>[,<i>label</i>,...]</td>
-	<td>The  assembler will make <i>label</i> accessible to other files during the link process.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>GLOBAL <i>label</i>[,<i>label</i>,...]</td>
-	<td>If <i>label</i> is defined during the assembly it will be exported, if not it will be imported. Handy (very!) for include-files.</td>
-</tr>
-</table>
-<hr>
-<p>Last updated 21 June 1997 by <a href="mailto:surfsmurf@matilde.demon.co.uk">Carsten Sorensen</a></p>
-</body></html>

doc/asm/expr_fix.htm

@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/strict.dtd">
-<html>
-<head>
-	<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=UTF-8">
-	<title>xAsm Fixed-point expression</title>
-        <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="../style.css">
-</head>
-<body>
-<h1>Fixed‐point Expressions</h1>
-<p>Fixed point constants are basically normal 32-bit constants where the upper 16 bits are used for the integer part and the lower 16 bits are used for the fraction (65536ths). This means that you can use them in normal integer expression and indeed some integer operators like plus and minus don't care whether the operands are integer or fixed-point. You can easily convert a fixed-point number to an integer by shifting it right 16 bits. It follows that you can convert an integer to a fixed-point number by shifting it left.</p>
-<p>Some things are different for fixed-point math though. Which is why you have the following functions to use:</p>
-
-<table>
-<thead>
-<tr>
-	<th scope="col">Name</th>
-	<th scope="col">Operation</th>
-</tr>
-</thead>
-<tr>
-	<td>DIV(x,y)</td>
-	<td>x/y</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>MUL(x,y)</td>
-	<td>x*y</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>SIN(x)</td>
-	<td>sin(x)</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>COS(x)</td>
-	<td>cos(x)</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>TAN(x)</td>
-	<td>tan(x)</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>ASIN(x)</td>
-	<td>sin<SUP>-1</SUP>(x)</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>ACOS(x)</td>
-	<td>cos<SUP>-1</SUP>(x)</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>ATAN(x)</td>
-	<td>tan<SUP>-1</SUP>(x)</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>ATAN2(x,y)</td>
-	<td>(x,y) angle</td>
-</tr>
-</table>
-<p>These  functions are extremely useful for automatic generation of various tables. A circle has 65536.0 degrees. Sine values are between [-1.0;1.0]</p>
-<pre>; --
-; -- Generate a 256 byte sine table with values between 0 and 128
-; --
-ANGLE   SET     0.0
-        REPT    256
-        DB      (MUL(64.0,SIN(ANGLE))+64.0)>>16
-ANGLE   SET     ANGLE+256.0
-        ENDR</pre>
-<h1>See also:</h1>
-<ul>
-	<li><a href="symbols.htm">Symbols</a>
-	<li><a href="expr_int.htm">Integer and Boolean expressions</a>
-	<li><a href="expr_str.htm">String expressions, functions and formatting</a>
-	<li><a href="miscfunc.htm">Other functions</a>
-</ul>
-<hr>
-<p>Last updated 21 June 1997 by <a href="mailto:surfsmurf@matilde.demon.co.uk">Carsten Sorensen</a></p>
-</body>
-</html>

doc/asm/expr_int.htm

@@ -1,92 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/strict.dtd">
-<html>
-<head>
-	<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=UTF-8">
-	<title>xAsm Integer/Boolean expressions</title>
-        <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="../style.css">
-</head>
-<body>
-<h1>Integer and Boolean expressions</h1>
-<p>An expression can be composed of many things. Expressions are always evaluated using signed 32-bit math.</p>
-<p>The most basic expression is just a single number.</p>
-<h2>Numeric Formats</h2>
-<p>xAsm has a number of numeric formats.</p>
-<ul>
-	<li>Hexadecimal: $0123456789ABCDEF. Case-insensitive
-	<li>Decimal: 0123456789
-	<li>Octal: &01234567
-	<li>Binary: %01
-	<li>Fixedpoint (16.16): 01234.56789
-	<li>Character constant: "ABYZ"
-	<li>Gameboy graphics: `0123
-</ul>
-<p>The last one, Gameboy graphics, is quite interesting and useful. The values are actually pixel values and it converts the “chunky” data to “planar” data as used in the Gameboy.</p>
-<pre>DW   `01012323</pre>
-<p>Admittedly an expression with just a single number is quite boring. To spice things up a bit there’s a few operators you can use to perform calculations between numbers.</p>
-<h2>Operators</h2>
-<p>A great number of operators you can use in expressions are available (listed in order of precedence):</p>
-<table>
-	<caption>Operators</caption>
-<thead>
-<tr>
-	<th scope="col">Operator</th>
-	<th scope="col">Meaning</th>
-</tr>
-</thead>
-<tr>
-	<td>( )</td>
-	<td>Precedence override</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>FUNC()</td>
-	<td>Functioncall</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>~ + -</td>
-	<td>Unary not/plus/minus</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>* / %</td>
-	<td>Multiply/divide/modulo</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>&lt;&lt; &gt;&gt;</td>
-	<td>Shift left/right</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>&amp; | ^</td>
-	<td>Binary and/or/xor</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>+ -</td>
-	<td>Add/subtract</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>!= == &lt;= &gt;= &lt; &gt;</td>
-	<td>Boolean comparison</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>&amp;&amp; ||</td>
-	<td>Boolean and/or</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>!</td>
-	<td>Unary Boolean not</td>
-</tr>
-</table>     
-
-<p>The result of the boolean operators is zero if when FALSE and non-zero when TRUE. Thus it is legal to use an integer as the condition for <a href="if.htm">IF</a> blocks. You can use symbols instead of numbers in your expression if you wish.</p>
-
-<p>An expression is said to be constant when it doesn't change its value during linking. This basically means that you can't use labels in those expressions. The instructions in the macro-language all require expressions that are constant.</p>
-<h1>See also:</h1>
-<ul>
-	<li><a href="symbols.htm">Symbols</a>
-	<li><a href="expr_fix.htm">Fixed-point expressions and functions</a>
-	<li><a href="expr_str.htm">String expressions, functions and formatting</a>
-	<li><a href="miscfunc.htm">Other functions</a>
-</ul>
-
-<hr>
-<p>Last updated 21 June 1997 by <a href="mailto:surfsmurf@matilde.demon.co.uk">Carsten Sorensen</a></p>
-</body>
-</html>

doc/asm/expr_str.htm

@@ -1,114 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/strict.dtd">
-<html>
-<head>
-	<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=UTF-8">
-	<title>xAsm String expressions</title>
-        <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="../style.css">
-</head>
-<body>
-<h1>String Expressions</h1>
-<p>The most basic string expression is any number of characters contained in double quotes ("for instance"). As in C the escape character is <b>\</b> and there is a number of commands you can use within a string:</p>
-<table>
-	<caption>Escape characters:</caption>
-<thead>
-<tr>
-	<th scope="col">Character sequence</th>
-	<th scope="col">Meaning</th>
-	<th scope="col">Notes</th>
-</tr>
-</thead>
-<tr>
-	<td>\\</td>
-	<td>Backslash</td>
-	<td></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>\"</td>
-	<td>Double-quote</td>
-	<td></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>\{</td>
-	<td>Curly bracket left</td>
-	<td></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>\}</td>
-	<td>Curly bracket right</td>
-	<td></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>\n</td>
-	<td>Newline ($0A)</td>
-	<td></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>\t</td>
-	<td>Tab ($09)</td>
-	<td></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>\1-\9</td>
-	<td>Macroargument</td>
-	<td>Only in macros</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>\@</td>
-	<td>Labelname suffix</td>
-	<td>Only in macros and repts</td>
-</tr>
-</table>
-
-<p>A funky feature is <b>{symbol}</b> withing a string. This will examine the type of the symbol and insert its value accordingly. If symbol is a string symbol the symbols value is simply copied. If it's a numeric symbol the value is converted to hexadecimal notation and inserted as a string.</p>
-<p><strong>HINT:</strong> The <b>{symbol}</b> construct can also be used outside strings. The symbols value is again inserted as a string. This is just a short way of doing &quot;{symbol}&quot;.</p>
-<p>Whenever the macro-language expects a string you can actually use a string expression. This consists of one or more of these function. Yes, you can nest them. Note that some of these functions actually return an integer and can be used as part of an integer expression!</p>
-<table>
-	<caption>String functions:</caption>
-<thead>
-<tr>
-	<th scope="col">Name</th>
-	<th scope="col">Operation</th>
-</tr>
-</thead>
-<tr>
-	<td>STRLEN(<i>stringexpr</i>)</td>
-	<td>Returns the number of characters in <i>string</i></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>STRCAT(<i>stringexpr1,stringexpr2</i>)</td>
-	<td>Appends <i>stringexpr2</i> to <i>stringexpr1</i>.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>STRCMP(<i>stringexpr1,stringexpr2</i>)</td>
-	<td>Returns negative if <i>stringexpr1</i> is alphabetically less than <i>stringexpr2</i><BR>Zero if they match<BR>Positive if greater than</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>STRIN(<i>haystack,needle</i>)</td>
-	<td>Returns <i>needle</i>s position within <i>haystack</i> or zero if it's not present</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>STRSUB(<i>stringexpr,pos,count</i>)</td>
-	<td>Returns a substring of <i>stringexpr</i> starting at <i>pos</i> (first character is position 1) and with <i>count</i> characters</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>STRUPR(<i>stringexpr</i>)</td>
-	<td>Converts all characters in <i>string</i> to capitals and returns the new string</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>STRLWR(<i>string</i>)</td>
-	<td>Converts all characters in <i>string</i> to lower case and returns the new string</td>
-</tr>
-</table>
-
-<h1>See also:</h1>
-<ul>
-	<li><a href="symbols.htm">Symbols</a>
-	<li><a href="expr_int.htm">Integer and Boolean expressions</a>
-	<li><a href="expr_fix.htm">Fixed-point expressions and functions</a>
-	<li><a href="miscfunc.htm">Other functions</a>
-</ul>
-
-<hr>
-<p>Last updated 21 June 1997 by <a href="mailto:surfsmurf@matilde.demon.co.uk">Carsten Sorensen</a></p>
-</body>
-</html>

doc/asm/fail.htm

@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/strict.dtd">
-<html>
-<head>
-	<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=UTF-8">
-	<title>xAsm FAIL, WARN</title>
-        <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="../style.css">
-</head>
-<body>
-<h1>FAIL, WARN</h1>
-<p>FAIL and WARN can be used to terminate the assembling process if you wish to do so. This is especially useful for macros that get an invalid argument. FAIL and WARN take a string as the only argument and they will print this string out as a normal error with a linenumber.</p>
-<p>FAIL stops assembling immediately while WARN continues after printing the errormessage.</p>
-
-<h1>See also:</h1>
-<ul>
-<li><a href="expr_str.htm">String expressions, functions and formatting</a>
-</ul>
-<hr>
-<p>Last updated 21 June 1997 by <a href="mailto:surfsmurf@matilde.demon.co.uk">Carsten Sorensen</a></p>
-</body>
-</html>

doc/asm/history.htm

@@ -1,224 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/strict.dtd">
-<html>
-<head>
-	<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=UTF-8">
-	<title>xAsm History</title>
-        <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="../style.css">
-</head>
-<body>
-<h1>xAsm History</h1>
-<table>
-	<caption>The history of xAsm</caption>
-<thead>
-<tr>
-	<th scope="col">Version</th>
-	<th scope="col">Dated</th>
-	<th scope="col">Release notes</th>
-</tr>
-</thead>
-<tr>
-	<td>1.0</td>
-	<td>1 Oct. 96</td>
-	<td>First release</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>1.01</td>
-	<td>1 Dec. 96</td>
-	<td><ul>
-<li>Fixed  bug  in <a href="incbin.htm">INCBIN</a> (sometimes reported the section full)</li>
-                 <li>Added <a href="miscfunc.htm">DEF()</a> function
-</ul></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>1.02</td>
-	<td>12 Feb. 97</td>
-	<td><ul>
-<li>Added <a href="expr_str.htm">STRLEN(), STRCAT(), STRIN(), STRCMP(), STRSUB(), STRUPR() and STRLWR()</a> functions</li>
-	<li><a href="export.htm">IMPORT/EXPORT/GLOBAL</a> takes multiple arguments now</li>
-	<li><a href="section.htm">HRAM</a> sectiontype added</li>
-	<li>ORG like features added to <a href="section.htm">SECTION</a></li>
-	<li><a href="trg_gb.htm">LDIO</a> mnemonic added</li>
-</ul></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>1.03</td>
-	<td>23 Mar. 97</td>
-	<td><ul>
-<li>The <a href="section.htm">HRAM section</a> was 128 bytes long instead of 127. potentially thrashing the interrupt enable register if you filled the HRAM.</li>
-	<li>The <a href="miscfunc.htm">BANK() function</a>, when used on a symbol defined in the current sourcefile, returned the wrong bank ID. (reported by Harry P. Mulder)</li>
-	<li>The <a href="miscfunc.htm">BANK() function</a> didn't check whether the argument was a properly defined symbol. (reported by Harry P. Mulder)</li>
-	<li>Completely new lexical analyser module. This fixed several linenumber bugs and other macro/if/rept related bugs. Also fixed a bug which made it possible to have equated symbols with the same name as a reserved keyword (if you get a "parse error" with this release on some of your sources, this is probably what is going on)</li>
-	<li><a href="fail.htm">FAIL and WARN</a> commands.</li>
-	<li><a href="presym.htm">__LINE__, __FILE__, __TIME__, __DATE__</a> predefined symbols added.</li>
-</ul>
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>1.04</td>
-	<td>03 July 1997</td>
-	<td><ul><li>First ASMotor release</li>
-<li><a href="presym.htm">__TIME__ and __DATE__</a> give todays date instead of when the assembler was compiled.</li>
-<li>Sometimes the first line of a file wouldn't assemble correctly. Reported by Jeff Frohwein.</li>
-<li>Unrolling multiline <a href="equs.htm">string symbols</a> left the linecounter in a sorry state. Jeff Frohwein again.</li>
-<li><a href="db.htm">DB and DW</a> can now (officially ;-) be used in BSS/HRAM/VRAM sections without any arguments to reserve a byte or a word respectively. Reported/suggested/inspired by Mr. Frohwein.</li>
-<li>The character # can now be used as part of a <a href="symbols.htm">symbol name</A>. Jeff....</li>
-<li>The <a href="rs.htm">RS</a> counter "_RS" is now defined from the very start of the assembly process instead of after the first RSSET or RSRESET.</li>
-<li>Bug fixed: You couldn't use \0-\9 and \@ in <a href="expr_str.htm">{} constructs</a></li>
-<li><a href="purge.htm">PURGE</a> pseudo-op added. Purges a symbol from the symboltable and memory. Use with extreme caution! Inspired by Harry P. Mulder</li>
-<li><a href="macro.htm">MACRO</a> parameter passing method changed drastically. Read (and re-read) the manual for details. Suggested by Harry P. Mulder.</li>
-</ul>
-</td>
-<tr>
-	<td>1.05</td>
-	<td>20 July 1997</td>
-	<td><B>RGBDS fixes:</B><BR>
-	RGBAsm supports the LDD and LDI syntax plus [HLD] and [HLI]. LDH is
-	synonymous with LDIO.<BR>
-	<B>General fixes:</B><BR>
-There was a bug in the macro parameter passing. Any whitespace after the
-last parameter would be appended to the last parameter. Reported by Jeff Frohwein.<BR>
-A section stack has been implemented. Look up <a href="pops.htm">POPS and PUSHS</A>. Jeff Frohweins doing again.<BR>
-<a href="opt.htm">OPT</A> command added for defining and changing some options while assembling.<BR>
-You can now define which characters are used for the <a href="expr_int.htm">Gameboy graphics
-integer (`)</A> using the <a href="usage.htm">commandline</A> or the new <a href="opt.htm">OPT</A> command. Cool idea by (surprise surprise) Jeff Frohwein.<BR>
-Also, an option stack has been added. Look up <a href="popo.htm">POPO and PUSHO</A> in the
-manual.<BR>
-Fixed yet another line number bug reported by Jeff Frohwein (when will this guy leave me alone? ;)<BR>
-</td>
-<tr>
-	<td>1.06</td>
-	<td>22 July 1997</td>
-	<td><B>General fixes:</B><BR>
-The lamest typo bug of all time has been fixed. RGBAsm would output a word defined with DW as 4 bytes instead of 2. Jeff Frohwein reported this.<BR>
-The first line of an included file didn't assemble correctly.<BR>
-<a href="usage.htm">-b option</A> added for setting the characters used for binary constants.<BR>
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>1.08</td>
-	<td>21 September 1997</td>
-	<td><B>General fixes:</B><BR>
-A crash occured if you tried to use a macro symbol in an expression.
-(Jeff Frohwein)<BR>
-You couldn't use STRCMP, STRLEN and STRIN in relocatable expressions. (Harry
-P. Mulder)<BR>
-Relocatable symbols are no longer allowed as arguments to the DEF function.<BR>
-Bug fixed in the assembler where it would sometimes write out too many bytes
-for HRAM section definitions.<BR>
-</td>
-</tr>
-	<tr>
-		<td>1.08</td>
-		<td>02 July 1999</td>
-		<td>
-			<B>Feature:</B>
-			<BR>
-			DQ directive added for defining 32-bit data constants. See operation of DW &amp; DB.
-			<BR>
-		</td>
-	</tr>
-	<tr>
-		<td>1.08</td>
-		<td>05 July 1999</td>
-		<td>
-			<B>Feature:</B>
-			<BR>
-			Allow only a part of a binary file to be included instead of the whole thing.
-			<BR>
-		</td>
-	</tr>
-	<tr>
-		<td>1.08</td>
-		<td>10 June 1999</td>
-		<td>
-			<B>Feature:</B>
-			<BR>
-			Added output of file dependency information for each file included/assembled. Enabled with a command line option.
-			<BR>
-		</td>
-	</tr>
-	<tr>
-		<td>1.08</td>
-		<td>?? ???? 1999</td>
-		<td>
-			<B>Feature:</B>
-			<BR>
-			Added ORG directive to allow anonymous sections.
-			<BR>
-		</td>
-	</tr>
-	<tr>
-		<td>1.08</td>
-		<td>?? ???? 1999</td>
-		<td>
-			<B>Feature:</B>
-			<BR>
-			Added ability to output error information in either RGBDS or Microsoft Developer Studio format.
-			<BR>
-		</td>
-	</tr>
-	<tr>
-		<td>1.08</td>
-		<td>?? ???? 1999</td>
-		<td>
-			<B>Feature:</B>
-			<BR>
-			Added pseudo-instructions to handle NE (not equal), EQ (equal), and LT (less than) on JR/JP/CALL instructions
-			<BR>
-		</td>
-	</tr>
-	<tr>
-		<td>1.08</td>
-		<td>?? ???? 1999</td>
-		<td>
-			<B>Feature:</B>
-			<BR>
-			Added STRTRIM, STRLTRIM, STRRTRIM directives to allow trimming of white space from strings in macro arguments.
-			<BR>
-		</td>
-	</tr>
-	<tr>
-		<td>1.08</td>
-		<td>?? ???? 1999</td>
-		<td>
-			<B>Bug Fix:</B>
-			<BR>
-			When an "unknown symbol" error was reported during the link phase the undefined symbol was not given.
-			<BR>
-		</td>
-	</tr>
-	<tr>
-		<td>1.08</td>
-		<td>?? ???? 1999</td>
-		<td>
-			<B>Bug Fix:</B>
-			<BR>
-			Declaring a symbol as GLOBAL in a header file and then referencing it in code but never defining it would crash the linker.
-			<BR>
-		</td>
-	</tr>
-	<tr>
-		<td>1.09</td>
-		<td>08 February 2000</td>
-		<td>
-			<B>Feature:</B>
-			<BR>
-			Can now use a command line option to set the number format between a slightly tweaked Motorola/RGBDS format and Zilog.
-			<BR>
-			Hex numbers can now be represented as $FF or FFh.
-			<BR>
-			Octal as &amp;77 or 77o.
-			<BR>
-			Binary as %10010110 or 10010110b.
-			<BR>
-			Gameboy graphics numbers as `1001 or 1001g.
-			<BR>
-			Decimal numbers remain unchanged.
-			<BR>
-		</td>
-	</tr>
-
-</TABLE>
-
-<BR><HR>
-<FONT SIZE="-1"><I><P ALIGN=RIGHT>Last updated 21 September 1997 by <a href="mailto:surfsmurf@matilde.demon.co.uk">Carsten Sorensen</A></P></I></FONT>

doc/asm/if.htm

@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/strict.dtd">
-<html>
-<head>
-	<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=UTF-8">
-	<title>xAsm IF, ELSE, ENDC</title>
-        <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="../style.css">
-</head>
-<body>
-<h1>IF, ELSE, ENDC</h1>
-<p>These three commands is used to conditionally assemble parts of your file. It is a powerful feature commonly used in macros.</p>
-<pre>IF   2+2==4
-PRINTT    "2+2==4\n"
-ELSE
-PRINTT    "2+2!=4\n"
-ENDC</pre>
-<p>The ELSE block is optional. IF/ELSE/ENDC-blocks can be nested.</p>
-<h1>See also:</h1>
-<ul>
-<li><a href="expr_int.htm">Integer and Boolean expressions</a>
-</ul>
-<hr>
-<p>Last updated 21 June 1997 by <a href="mailto:surfsmurf@matilde.demon.co.uk">Carsten Sorensen</a></p>
-</body>
-</html>

doc/asm/incbin.htm

@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/strict.dtd">
-<html>
-<head>
-	<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=UTF-8">
-	<title>xAsm INCBIN</title>
-        <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="../style.css">
-</head>
-<body>
-<h1>INCBIN</h1>
-<p>You  probably have some graphics you’d like to include. Use <dfn>INCBIN</dfn> to include a raw binary file as it is. If the file isn’t found in the current directory the <a href="usage.htm">include-path</a> list will be searched.</p>
-<pre>INCBIN    "titlepic.bin"
-INCBIN    "sprites\\hero.bin"</pre>
-<p>You can also include only part of a file with <b>INCBIN</b>. The example below includes 256 bytes from <i>data.bin</i> starting from position 78.</p>
-<pre>INCBIN    "data.bin",78,256</pre>
-<h1>See also:</h1>
-<ul>
-	<li><a href="expr_str.htm">String expressions, functions and formatting</a>
-</ul>
-<hr>
-<p>Last updated 21 June 1997 by <a href="mailto:surfsmurf@matilde.demon.co.uk">Carsten Sorensen</a></p>
-</body>
-</html>

doc/asm/include.htm

@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/strict.dtd">
-<html>
-<head>
-	<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=UTF-8">
-	<title>xAsm INCLUDE</title>
-        <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="../style.css">
-</head>
-<body>
-<h1>INCLUDE</h1>
-<p>Use INCLUDE to process another assembler-file and then return to the current file when done. If the file isn't found in the current directory the <a href="usage.htm">include-path</a> list will be searched. You may nest <b>INCLUDE</b> calls infinitely (or until you run out of memory whichever comes first).</p>
-<pre>INCLUDE   "irq.inc"</pre>
-<h1>See also:</h1>
-<ul>
-<li><a href="expr_str.htm">String expressions, functions and formatting</a>
-</ul>
-<hr>
-<p>Last updated 21 June 1997 by <a href="mailto:surfsmurf@matilde.demon.co.uk">Carsten Sorensen</a></p>
-</body>
-</html>

doc/asm/labels.htm

@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/strict.dtd">
-<html>
-<head>
-	<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=UTF-8">
-	<title>xAsm Labels</title>
-        <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="../style.css">
-</head>
-<body>
-<h1>Labels</h1>
-<p>One of the assembler’s main tasks is to keep track of addresses for you so you dor’t have to remember obscure numbers but can make do with a meaningful name, a label.</p>
-<p>This can be done in a number of ways:</p>
-<pre>GlobalLabel
-AnotherGlobal:
-.locallabel
-.yet_a_local:
-ThisWillBeExported::        ;note the two colons</pre>
-<p>This  is very similar to other assemblers. Local labels are  only accessible within the scope they are defined. A scope starts after a global label and ends at the next global label. You  may  or  may not have seen the <b>::</b> feature  before. It declares a normal global label but does an <a href="export.htm">EXPORT</a> at the same time.</p>
-<p>Labels will normally change their value during the <a href="../link.htm">link process</a> and are thus <em>not</em> constant.</p>
-<hr>
-<p>Last updated 21 June 1997 by <a href="mailto:surfsmurf@matilde.demon.co.uk">Carsten Sorensen</a></p>
-</body>
-</html>

doc/asm/macro.htm

@@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/strict.dtd">
-<html>
-<head>
-	<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=UTF-8">
-	<title>xAsm MACRO/ENDM</title>
-        <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="../style.css">
-</head>
-<body>
-<h1>MACRO, ENDM</h1>
-<p>One of the best features of an assembler is the ability to write macros for it. Macros also provide a method of passing arguments to them and they can then react to the input using IF-constructs.</p>
-<pre>MyMacro:  MACRO
-          ld   a,80
-          call MyFunc
-          ENDM</pre>
-<p>The above example is a very simple macro. You execute the macro by typing its name.</p>
-<pre>          add  a,b
-          ld   sp,hl
-          MyMacro        ;This will be expanded
-          sub  a,87</pre>
-<p>When the assembler meets MyMacro it will insert the macrodefinition (the text enclosed in <b>MACRO/ENDM</b>).</p>
-<p id="labelsuffix">Suppose your macro contains a loop.</p>
-<pre>LoopyMacro:    MACRO
-               xor  a,a
-.loop          ld   [hl+],a
-               dec  c
-               jr   nz,.loop
-               ENDM</pre>
-<p>This is fine. That is, if you only use the macro once per <a href="labels.htm">scope</a>. To get around this problem there is a special label string equate called <b>\@</b> that you can append to your labels and it will then expand to a unique string.</p>
-<p><b>\@</b> also works in <a href="rept.htm">REPT-blocks</a> should you have any loops there.</p>
-<pre>LoopyMacro:    MACRO
-               xor  a,a
-.loop\@        ld   [hl+],a
-               dec  c
-               jr   nz,.loop\@
-               ENDM</pre>
-<h2>Arguments</h2>
-<p>I’d like <i>LoopyMacro</i> a lot better if I didn’t have to pre-load the registers with values and <em>then</em> call it. What  I’d like is the ability to pass it arguments and it then loaded the registers itself.</p>
-<p>And I can do that. In macros you can get the arguments by using the special macro string equates <b>\1</b> through <b>\9</b>, <b>\1</b> being the first argument specified on the calling of the macro.</p>
-<pre>LoopyMacro:    MACRO
-               ld   hl,\1
-               ld   c,\2
-               xor  a,a
-.loop\@        ld   [hl+],a
-               dec  c
-               jr   nz,.loop\@
-               ENDM</pre>
-<p>Now I can call the macro specifying two arguments. The first being the address and the second being a bytecount. The macro will then reset all bytes in this range.</p>
-<pre>               LoopyMacro     MyVars,54</pre>
-<p>You can specify up to nine arguments when calling a macro. Arguments are passed as string equates. There’s no need to enclose them in quotes. Parameter passing has changed a bit since v1.03 in that an expression will not be evaluated first but passed directly. This means that it’s probably a very good idea to use brackets around \1–\9 if you perform further calculations on them. For instance if you pass 1+2 as the first argument and then do <code>    PRINTV  \1*2</code>
-you will get the value 5 on screen and not 6 as you might have expected.</p>
-<p>Note that a colon (:) following the macro-name is required. Macros can't be exported or imported. It's valid to call a macro from a macro (yes, even the same one).</p>
-
-<h1>See also:</h1>
-<ul>
-<li><a href="shift.htm">SHIFT</a>
-</ul>
-<hr>
-<p>Last updated 02 July 1997 by <a href="mailto:surfsmurf@matilde.demon.co.uk">Carsten Sorensen</a></p>
-</body>
-</html>

doc/asm/miscfunc.htm

@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/strict.dtd">
-<html>
-<head>
-	<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=UTF-8">
-	<title>xAsm Other functions</title>
-        <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="../style.css">
-</head>
-<body>
-<h1>Other functions</h1>
-<p>There's a few other functions that do various useful things:</p>
-<table>
-	<caption>Other functions</caption>
-<thead>
-<tr>
-	<th scope="col">Name</th>
-	<th scope="col">Operation</th>
-</tr>
-</thead>
-<tr>
-	<td>BANK(<i>label</i>)</td>
-	<td>Gameboy ONLY: Returns the bank number <i>label</i> is in. The link will have to resolve this so it can't be used when the expression has to be constant</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>DEF(<i>label</i>)</td>
-	<td>Returns TRUE if <i>label</i> has been defined</td>
-</tr>
-</table>
-<h1>See alse:</h1>
-<ul>
-	<li><a href="section.htm">Sections</a>
-	<li><a href="symbols.htm">Symbols</a>
-	<li><a href="presym.htm">Predeclared symbols</a>
-	<li><a href="if.htm">Conditional assembling</a>
-</ul>
-<hr>
-<p>Last updated 21 June 1997 by <a href="mailto:surfsmurf@matilde.demon.co.uk">Carsten Sorensen</a></p>
-</body>
-</html>

doc/asm/opt.htm

@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/strict.dtd">
-<html>
-<head>
-	<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=UTF-8">
-	<title>xAsm OPT</title>
-        <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="../style.css">
-</head>
-<body>
-<h1>OPT</h1>
-<p>OPT can be used to change <I>some</I> of the options during assembling you source instead of defining them on the commandline.</p>
-<p>OPT takes a comma-seperated list of options as its argument:</p>
-
-<pre>    PUSHO
-    OPT   g.oOX    ;Set the GB graphics constants to use these characters
-    DW    `..ooOOXX
-    POPO
-    DW    `00112233</pre>
-<p>The options that OPT can modify are currently: <b>b, e and g</b></p>
-<h1>See also:</h1>
-<ul>
-<li><a href="usage.htm">Usage</a>
-<li><a href="popo.htm">The option stack</a>
-</ul>
-<hr>
-<p>Last updated 20 July 1997 by <a href="mailto:surfsmurf@matilde.demon.co.uk">Carsten Sorensen</a></p>
-</body>
-</html>

doc/asm/popo.htm

@@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/strict.dtd">
-<html>
-<head>
-	<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=UTF-8">
-	<title>xAsm POPO, PUSHO</title>
-        <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="../style.css">
-</head>
-<body>
-<h1>POPO, PUSHO</h1>
-<p>POPO and PUSHO provide the interface to the option stack. PUSHO will push the current set of options on the option stack. POPO can then later be used to restore them. Useful if you want to change some options in an include file and you don't want to destroy the options set by the program that included your file. The stacks number of entries is limited only by the amount of memory in your machine.</p>
-<h1>See also:</h1>
-<ul>
-<li><a href="opt.htm">Changing options while assembling</a>
-</ul>
-<hr>
-<p>Last updated 20 July 1997 by <a href="mailto:surfsmurf@matilde.demon.co.uk">Carsten Sorensen</a></p>
-</body>
-</html>

doc/asm/pops.htm

@@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/strict.dtd">
-<html>
-<head>
-	<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=UTF-8">
-	<title>xAsm POPS, PUSHS</title>
-        <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="../style.css">
-</head>
-<body>
-<h1>POPS, PUSHS</h1>
-<p>POPS and PUSHS provide the interface to the section stack. PUSHS will push the current section context on the section stack. POPS can then later be used to restore it. Useful for defining sections in included files when you don't want to destroy the section context for the program that included your file. The stacks number of entries is limited only by the amount of memory in your machine.</p>
-<h1>See also:</h1>
-<ul>
-<li><a href="section.htm">Sections</a>
-</ul>
-<hr>
-<p>Last updated 18 July 1997 by <a href="mailto:surfsmurf@matilde.demon.co.uk">Carsten Sorensen</a></p>
-</body>
-</html>

doc/asm/presym.htm

@@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/strict.dtd">
-<html>
-<head>
-	<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=UTF-8">
-	<title>xAsm Predeclared symbols</title>
-        <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="../style.css">
-</head>
-<body>
-<h1>Predeclared symbols</h1>
-<table>
-	<caption>Symbols</caption>
-<thead>
-<tr>
-	<th scope="col">Name</th>
-	<th scope="col">Contents</th>
-	<th scope="col">Type</th>
-</tr>
-</thead>
-<tr>
-	<td>@</td>
-	<td>PC value</td>
-	<td>EQU</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>_PI</td>
-	<td>Fixed point ¶</td>
-	<td>EQU</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>_RS</td>
-	<td>_RS counter</td>
-	<td>SET</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>_NARG</td>
-	<td>Number of arguments passed to macro</td>
-	<td>EQU</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>__LINE__</td>
-	<td>The current linenumber</td>
-	<td>EQU</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>__FILE__</td>
-	<td>The current filename</td>
-	<td>EQUS</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>__DATE__</td>
-	<td>Todays date</td>
-	<td>EQUS</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>__TIME__</td>
-	<td>The current time</td>
-	<td>EQUS</td>
-</tr>
-</table>
-<hr>
-<p>Last updated 21 June 1997 by <a href="mailto:surfsmurf@matilde.demon.co.uk">Carsten Sorensen</a></p>
-</body>
-</html>

doc/asm/print.htm

@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/strict.dtd">
-<html>
-<head>
-	<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=UTF-8">
-	<title>xAsm PRINTT, PRINTV, PRINTF</title>
-        <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="../style.css">
-</head>
-<body>
-<h1>PRINTT, PRINTV, PRINTF</h1>
-<p>These  three  instructions  type  text and  values  to stdout. Useful for debugging macros or wherever you may feel the need to tell yourself some important information.</p>
-<pre>PRINTT    "I'm the greatest programmer in the whole wide world\n"
-PRINTV    (2+3)/5
-PRINTF    MUL(3.14,3987.0)</pre>
-<ul>
-	<li><dfn>PRINTT</dfn> prints out a string</li>
-	<li><dfn>PRINTV</dfn> prints out an integer value or, as in the example, the result of a calculation. Unsurprisingly you can also print out a <a href="symbols.htm">constant symbols</a> value</li>
-	<li><dfn>PRINTF</dfn> prints out a fixed point value.</li>
-</ul>
-
-<h1>See also:</h1>
-<ul>
-	<li><a href="asm/expr_int.htm">Integer and Boolean expressions</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/expr_fix.htm">Fixed-point expressions and functions</a>
-	<li><a href="asm/expr_str.htm">String expressions, functions and formatting</a>
-</ul>
-<hr>
-<p>Last updated 21 June 1997 by <a href="mailto:surfsmurf@matilde.demon.co.uk">Carsten Sorensen</a></p>
-</body>
-</html>

doc/asm/purge.htm

@@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/strict.dtd">
-<html>
-<head>
-	<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=UTF-8">
-	<title>xAsm PURGE</title>
-        <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="../style.css">
-</head>
-<body>
-<h1>PURGE</h1>
-<p>The PURGE command allows you to completely remove a symbol from the symbol table as if it had never existed. USE WITH EXTREME CAUTION!!! I can’t stress this enough but you <em>seriously</em> need to know what you are doing. DON’T purge symbol that you use in expressions the linker needs to calculate. In fact, it’s probably not even safe to purge anything other than string symbols and macros.</p>
-<pre>Kamikaze    EQUS    "I don't want to live anymore"
-AOLer       EQUS    "Me too"
-            PURGE   Kamikaze,AOLer</pre>
-<p>Note that string symbols that are part of a PURGE command WILL NOT BE EXPANDED as the ONLY exception to this rule.</p>
-<hr>
-<p>Last updated 02 July 1997 by <a href="mailto:surfsmurf@matilde.demon.co.uk">Carsten Sorensen</a></p>
-</body>
-</html>

doc/asm/rept.htm

@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/strict.dtd">
-<html>
-<head>
-	<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=UTF-8">
-	<title>xAsm REPT, ENDR</title>
-        <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="../style.css">
-</head>
-<body>
-<h1>REPT, ENDR</h1>
-<p>Suppose you’re feeling lazy and you want to unroll a time consuming loop. <dfn>REPT</dfn> is here for that purpose. Everything between REPT and ENDR will be repeated a number of times just as if you done a copy/paste operation yourself</p>
-<pre>REPT 4
-add  a,c
-ENDR</pre>
-<p>This will assemble <code>add a,c</code> four times.</p>
-<p>You can also use REPT to generate tables on the fly:</p>
-<pre>; --
-; -- Generate a 256 byte sine table with values between 0 and 128
-; --
-ANGLE   SET     0.0
-        REPT    256
-        DB      (MUL(64.0,SIN(ANGLE))+64.0)>>16
-ANGLE   SET     ANGLE+256.0
-        ENDR</pre>
-<p>REPT is also very useful in recursive macros and as in macros you can also use the special label operator \@. REPT-blocks can be nested.<p>
-<h1>See also:</h1>
-<ul>
-<li><a href="macro.htm#labelsuffix">\@</a>
-</ul>
-<hr>
-<p>Last updated 21 June 1997 by <a href="mailto:surfsmurf@matilde.demon.co.uk">Carsten Sorensen</a></p>
-</body>
-</html>

doc/asm/rs.htm

@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/strict.dtd">
-<html>
-<head>
-	<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=UTF-8">
-	<title>xAsm RSSET, RSRESET, RB, RW</title>
-        <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="../style.css">
-</head>
-<body>
-<h1>RSSET, RERESET, RB, RW</h1>
-<p>The <dfn>RS</dfn> group of commands is a handy way of defining structures:</p>
-<pre>              RSRESET
-str_pStuff    RW   1
-str_tData     RB   256
-str_bCount    RB   1
-str_SIZEOF    RB   0</pre>
-<p>The example defines four <a href="equ.htm">equated</a> symbols:</p>
-<table>
-	<caption>Defined symbols</caption>
-<thead>
-<tr>
-	<th scope="col">Name</th>
-	<th scope="col">Value</th>
-</tr>
-</thead>
-<tr>
-	<td>str_pStuff</td>
-	<td>0</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>str_tData</td>
-	<td>2</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>str_bCount</td>
-	<td>258</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>str_SIZEOF</td>
-	<td>259</td>
-</tr>
-</table>
-<p>There are four commands in the RS group of commands:</p>
-<table>
-	<caption>RS related commands</caption>
-<thead>
-<tr>
-	<th scope="col">Command</th>
-	<th scope="col">Meaning</th>
-</tr>
-</thead>
-<tr>
-	<td>RSRESET</td>
-	<td>Resets the <a href="presym.htm">_RS</a> counter to zero</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>RSSET <i>constexpr</i></td>
-	<td>Sets the <a href="presym.htm">_RS</a> counter to <i>constexpr</i></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>RB <i>constexpr</i></td>
-	<td>Sets the preceding symbol to <a href="presym.htm">_RS</a> and adds <i>constexpr</i> to _RS</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>RW <i>constexpr</i></td>
-	<td>Sets the preceding symbol to <a href="presym.htm">_RS</a> and adds <i>constexpr*2</i> to _RS</td>
-</tr>
-</table>
-<p>Note that a colon (:) following the symbol-name is not allowed. RS symbols can be exported and imported. They don't change their value during the link process.</p>
-<h1>See also:</h1>
-<ul>
-<li><a href="expr_int.htm">Integer and Boolean expressions</a>
-</ul>
-<hr>
-<p>Last updated 21 June 1997 by <a href="mailto:surfsmurf@matilde.demon.co.uk">Carsten Sorensen</a></p>
-</body>
-</html>

doc/asm/section.htm

@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/strict.dtd">
-<html>
-<head>
-	<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=UTF-8">
-	<title>xAsm SECTION</title>
-        <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="../style.css">
-</head>
-<body>
-<h1>SECTION</h1>
-<p>Before you can start writing code you must define a section. This tells the assembler what kind of data follows and if it is code where to put it.</p>
-<pre>SECTION   "CoolStuff",ROMX</pre>
-<p>This switches to the section called <b>"CoolStuff"</b> (or creates it if it doesn't already exits) and it defines it as a code section. All sections within a sourcefile must be identified by a <em>unique</em> name.</p>
-
-<p>Possible section types are as follows:
-
-<dl>
-	<dt>ROM0</dt>
-	<dd>A ROM section. Mapped to memory at $0000–$3fff.</dd>
-
-	<dt>ROMX</dt>
-	<dd>A banked ROM section. Mapped to memory at $4000–$7fff. Valid banks range from 1 to 511.</dd>
-
-	<dt>VRAM</dt>
-	<dd>A banked video RAM section. Mapped to memory at $8000–$9fff. Can only allocate memory, not fill it. Valid banks range from 0 to 1.</dd>
-
-	<dt>SRAM</dt>
-	<dd>A banked external (save) RAM section. Mapped to memory at $a000–$bfff. Can only allocate memory, not fill it. Valid banks range from 0 to 3.</dd>
-
-	<dt>WRAM0</dt>
-	<dd>A general-purpose RAM section. Mapped to memory at $c000–$cfff. Can only allocate memory, not fill it.</dd>
-
-	<dt>WRAMX</dt>
-	<dd>A banked general-purpose RAM section. Mapped to memory at $d000–$dfff. Can only allocate memory, not fill it. Valid banks range from 1 to 7.</dd>
-
-	<dt>HRAM</dt>
-	<dd>A high RAM section. Mapped to memory at $ff80–$fffe. Can only allocate memory, not fill it. NOTE WELL: if you use this method of allocating HRAM the assembler will NOT choose the short addressingmode in the LD instruction because the actual address calculation is done by the linker! If you find this undesirable you can use <a href="rs.htm">RSSET/RB/RW</a> instead or use the LDIO mnemonic. The address calculation is then done by the assembler.</dd>
-</dl>
-
-<p>The following deprecated section names are aliases for some of the above sections:
-
-<dl>
-	<dt>HOME</dt>
-	<dd>Alias for ROM0.</dd>
-
-	<dt>CODE</dt>
-	<dt>DATA</dt>
-	<dd>Alias for ROMX.</dd>
-
-	<dt>BSS</dt>
-	<dd>Alias for WRAM0.</dd>
-</dl>
-
-<p>Due to quite a lot of emails requesting an ORG directive you can now add an address to the sectiontype for the Gameboy:</p>
-<pre>SECTION   "CoolStuff",ROM0[$1234]</pre>
-<p>This will force the section to address $1234. This also works with the other sectiontypes. For ROMX sections the linker  will then place the section in any bank at the address you specify. If you also want to specify the bank you can do:</p>
-<pre>SECTION   "CoolStuff",ROMX[$4567],BANK[3]</pre>
-<p>And if you only want to force the section into a certain bank, and not it's position within the bank, that's also possible:</p>
-<pre>SECTION   "CoolStuff",ROMX,BANK[7]</pre>
-<p><strong>HINT:</strong> If you think this is a lot of typing for doing a simple ORG type thing you can quite easily write an intelligent macro (called ORG for example) that uses <a href="expr_str.htm">\@</a> for the sectionname and determines correct sectiontype etc as arguments for SECTION</p>
-<h1>See also:</h1>
-<ul>
-<li><a href="../link.htm">xLink</a> documentation
-<li><a href="expr_int.htm">Integer and Boolean expressions</a>
-<li><a href="expr_str.htm">String expressions, functions and formatting</a>
-<li><a href="pops.htm">POPS and PUSHS:</a> The section stack.
-</ul>
-<hr>
-<p>Last updated 18 July 1997 by <a href="mailto:surfsmurf@matilde.demon.co.uk">Carsten Sorensen</a></p>
-</body>
-</html>

doc/asm/set.htm

@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/strict.dtd">
-<html>
-<head>
-	<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=UTF-8">
-	<title>xAsm SET</title>
-        <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="../style.css">
-</head>
-<body>
-<h1>SET</h1>
-<p>SETs are like <a href="equ.htm">EQUates</a> also constant symbols in the sense that their values are defined during the assembly process. These symbols are normally used in macros.</p>
-<pre>KINKYCOUNT     SET  2
-KINKYCOUNT     SET  DONUT_ISGOOD+KINKYCOUNT</pre>
-<p>Note that a colon (:) following the label-name is not allowed. SETs can be exported and imported but the result is undefined and might change in a later release. Alternatively you can use = as a synonym for SET.</p>
-<h1>See also:</h1>
-<ul>
-<li><a href="expr_int.htm">Integer and Boolean expressions</a>
-</ul>
-<hr>
-<p>Last updated 21 June 1997 by <a href="mailto:surfsmurf@matilde.demon.co.uk">Carsten Sorensen</a></p>
-</body>
-</html>
-

doc/asm/shift.htm

@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/strict.dtd">
-<html>
-<head>
-	<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=UTF-8">
-	<title>xAsm SHIFT</title>
-        <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="../style.css">
-</head>
-<body>
-<h1>SHIFT</h1>
-<p><dfn>SHIFT</dfn> is a special command only available in <a href="macro.htm">macros</a>. Very useful in <a href="rept.htm">REPT-blocks</a>. It will "shift" the arguments by one "to the left". <b>\1</b> will get <b>\2</b>'s value, <b>\2</b> will get <b>\3</b>'s value and so forth.</p>
-<h1>See also:</h1>
-<ul>
-<li><a href="macro.htm">Macros</a>
-<li><a href="rept.htm">Automatically repeating blocks of code</a>
-</ul>
-<hr>
-<p>Last updated 21 June 1997 by <a href="mailto:surfsmurf@matilde.demon.co.uk">Carsten Sorensen</a></p>
-</body>
-</html>

doc/asm/symbols.htm

@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/strict.dtd">
-<html>
-<head>
-	<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=UTF-8">
-	<title>xAsm Symbols</title>
-        <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="../style.css">
-</head>
-<body>
-<h1>xAsm Symbols</h1>
-<p>xAsm supports several types of symbols:</p>
-<ul>
-<li><a href="labels.htm">Label</a>. Used to assign a memory location with a name
-<li><a href="equ.htm">EQUate</a>. Give a constant a name.
-<li><a href="set.htm">SET</a>. Same as EQUate but with a subtle difference. You can change the value of a SET during assembling.
-<li><a href="rs.htm">Structures (the RS group)</a>. Define a structure easily.
-<li><a href="equs.htm">String equate (EQUS)</a>. Give an often used string a name. Can also be used as a mini-macro. Much like #define in C.
-<li><a href="macro.htm">MACROs</a>. A block of code or pseudo instructions that you invoke like any other mnemonic. You can give them arguments too! Life is good.
-</ul>
-
-<p><strong>A symbol cannot have the same name as a reserved keyword.</strong></p>
-
-<h1>See also:</h1>
-<ul>
-<li><a href="presym.htm">Predeclared symbols</a>
-<li><a href="export.htm">Importing and exporting symbols</a>
-<li><a href="purge.htm">Purging symbols</a>
-</ul>
-<hr>
-<p>Last updated 02 July 1997 by <a href="mailto:surfsmurf@matilde.demon.co.uk">Carsten Sorensen</a></p>
-</body>
-</html>

doc/asm/syntax.htm

@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/strict.dtd">
-<html>
-<head>
-	<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=UTF-8">
-	<title>xAsm Syntax</title>
-        <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="../style.css">
-</head>
-
-<body>
-<h1>xAsm Syntax</h1>
-<p>The syntax line‐based, just as in any other assembler. Meaning that you do one instruction or pseudo‐op per line:</p>
-<pre>[label] [instruction] [;comment]</pre>
-<p>Example:</p>
-<pre>John:          ld   a,87 ;Weee</pre>
-<p>A comment can also be an asterisk (*) followed by the comment if the asterisk is the first character on the line:</p>
-<pre>********************************
-* These are full line comments *
-********************************</pre>
-<p>All pseudo‐ops, mnemonics and registers (reserved keywords) are <em>case‐insensitive</em> and all labels are <em>case‐sensitive</em>.</p>
-<hr>
-<p>Last updated 21 June 1997 by <a href="mailto:surfsmurf@matilde.demon.co.uk">Carsten Sorensen</a></p>
-</body>
-</html>

doc/asm/trg_gb.htm

@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/strict.dtd">
-<html>
-<head>
-	<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=UTF-8">
-	<title>xAsm Gameboy</title>
-        <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="../style.css">
-</head>
-<body>
-<h1>Gameboy</h1>
-<p>The full GB-Z80 instruction-set is implemented with a few modifications to the original Zilog syntax. This is due to a Bison problem but in my opinion the syntax is better than the original one.</p>
-<h2>Instructions</h2>
-<ul>
-    <li>ADC
-    <li>ADD
-    <li>AND
-    <li>BIT
-    <li>CALL
-    <li>CCF
-    <li>CP
-    <li>CPL
-    <li>DAA
-    <li>DEC
-    <li>DI
-    <li>EI
-    <li>EX
-    <li>HALT
-    <li>INC
-    <li>JP
-    <li>JR
-    <li>LD
-    <li>LDD
-    <li>LDI
-    <li>LDH/LDIO    (see note below)
-    <li>NOP
-    <li>OR
-    <li>POP
-    <li>PUSH
-    <li>RES
-    <li>RET
-    <li>RETI
-    <li>RL
-    <li>RLA
-    <li>RLC
-    <li>RLCA
-    <li>RR
-    <li>RRA
-    <li>RRC
-    <li>RRCA
-    <li>RST
-    <li>SBC
-    <li>SCF
-    <li>SET
-    <li>SLA
-    <li>SRA
-    <li>SRL
-    <li>STOP
-    <li>SUB
-    <li>SWAP
-    <li>XOR
-</ul>
-<p>Note that you can use both
-<pre>    OR   A,B
-    OR   B</pre>
-<h2>Addressingmodes</h2>
-<p>Indirect addressing has been changed to [ ] instead  of ( ):</p>
-<ul>
-   <li> A
-   <li> B
-   <li> C
-   <li> D
-   <li> E
-   <li> H
-   <li> L
-   <li> AF
-   <li> BC
-   <li> DE
-   <li> HL
-   <li> SP
-   <li> [BC]
-   <li> [DE]
-   <li> [HL]
-   <li> [HL-]/[HLI]
-   <li> [HL+]/[HLD]
-   <li> [SP]
-   <li> n8       (8 bit expression)
-   <li> n16      (16 bit expression)
-   <li> n3       (3 bit CONSTANT expression)
-   <li> [n16]/[$FF00+n8]
-   <li> [$FF00+C]/[C]
-</ul>
-<p>The  assembler will intelligently decide between  <b>[n16]</b> and  <b>[$FF00+n8]</b> in the LD instruction.  Note however  that  if  you  use  any <a href="symbols.htm">constant symbols</a> in the expression they had better  be defined before the instruction or your symbol-table may become mangled. Also worth noting is that it will only ever select the short $FF00 mode when you use constant symbols. NOT if you use symbols defined in a <a href="section.htm">HRAM section</a>. As this defies the whole point of implementing the HRAM sectiontype I've added the LDIO mnemonic. It works like the LD instruction but it will ALWAYS generate the $FF00+ form and it will also automatically logically AND the expression with $FF if it is relocatable. Which is what you want. Trust me ;)</p>
-<h2>Conditioncodes</h2>
-<ul>
-<li>    C
-<li>    NC
-<li>    Z
-<li>    NZ
-</ul>
-<hr>
-<p>Last updated 20 July 1997 by <a href="mailto:surfsmurf@matilde.demon.co.uk">Carsten Sorensen</a></p>
-</body>
-</html>

doc/asm/usage.htm

@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/strict.dtd">
-<html>
-<head>
-	<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=UTF-8">
-	<title>xAsm Usage</title>
-        <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="../style.css">
-</head>
-<body>
-<h1>xAsm Usage</h1>
-<pre>C:\>xAsm [options] asmfile</pre>
-<p>Options are preceded by a hyphen (-) and go as follows:</p>
-<pre>    o<b>objectfile</b> : Write an <a href="../rgb0.htm">object-file</a> for <a href="../link.htm">xLink</a>
-    i<b>path</b>       : Add an extra include-path
-    h           : Short help text
-    e<b>(l|b)</b>      : Change endianness (CAUTION!)
-    g<b>ASCI</b>       : Change the four characters used for Gameboy graphics
-                  constants (default is <b>0123</b>)
-    b<b>AS</b>         : Change the two characters used for binary constants
-                  (default is <b>01</b>)
-    z<b>HX</b>         : Set the byte value (hex format) used for uninitialised data (default is ? for random)
-</pre>
-
-<h1>See also:</h1>
-<ul>
-<li><a href="opt.htm">Changing options while assembling</a>
-</ul>
-<hr>
-<p>Last updated 08 October 1997 by <a href="mailto:surfsmurf@matilde.demon.co.uk">Carsten Sorensen</a></p>
-</body>
-</html>

doc/geninfo.htm

@@ -1,116 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/strict.dtd">
-<html>
-<head>
-	<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=UTF-8">
-	<title>General Information</title>
-	<link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="./style.css">
-</head>
-<body>
-<h1><abbr title="Rednex Game Boy Development System">RGBDS</abbr>—ASMotor General Information</h1>
-<h2>Table of Contents</h2>
-<ul>
-	<li><a href="#license">License</a>
-	<li><a href="#Author">The Author</a>
-	<li><a href="#Introduction">Introduction</a>
-	<li><a href="#Installation">Installation</a>
-	<li><a href="#Documentation">The Documentation</a>
-	<li><a href="#History">History</a>
-</ul>
-<h2 id="license">License</h2>
-<p>The <dfn>ASMotor</dfn> package (<a href="asm.htm">xAsm</a>, <a href="link.htm">xLink</a>, <a href="fix.htm">RGBFix</a>, examples and <a href="#Documentation">documentation</a>) is freeware and distributed as is. The author retains his copyright and right to modify the specifications and operation of the software without notice.
-<p>In other words this means I encourage you to…
-<ul>
-	<li>use it for whatever purpose even professional work without me charging you a penny
-	<li>copy it to another person (wholly or in part, though I’m sure he’d appreciate the whole package) in
-whatever form you find suitable
-	<li>mass-distribute the ASMotor package if it is complete (<a href="asm.htm">xAsm</a>, <a href="link.htm">xLink</a>, <a href="fix.htm">RGBFix</a> and documentation).
-	<li>contact me if you have any problems
-</ul>
-<p>This also means you can’t…
-<ul>
-	<li>blame me for loss of profit, data, sleep, food or other nasty things through the use or distribution of ASMotor. If
-you choose to use ASMotor you do so at your own risk.
-	<li>expect me to be able to help you should you have a problem related or not to ASMotor.
-</ul>
-<h2 id="Author">The Author</h2>
-<p>Any questions? Write me!
-<h3>Address</h3>
-<p>
-Carsten Sorensen<br>
-1 Spring Court<br>
-Guildford<br>
-Surrey GU2 6QW<br>
-United Kingdom<br>
-<h3 id="Email">e-mail:</h3>
-<ul>
-	<li><a href="mailto:surfsmurf@matilde.demon.co.uk">surfsmurf@matilde.demon.co.uk</a> (private)
-	<li><a href="mailto:csorensen@ea.com">csorensen@ea.com</a> (work)
-</ul>
-<p>Get the latest version from my web page at <a href="http://www.matilde.demon.co.uk">http://www.matilde.demon.co.uk</a>
-<h2 id="History">History</h2>
-<table>
-	<caption>The history of ASMotor</caption>
-<thead>
-<tr>
-	<th>Version</th>
-	<th>Dated</th>
-	<th>Release notes</th>
-</tr>
-</thead>
-<tr>
-	<td>1.0</td>
-	<td>03 July 1997</td>
-	<td>First release</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>1.01</td>
-	<td>20 July 1997</td>
-	<td><p>RGBDS fixes:</p>
-<ul>
-	<li>RGBFix can now also truncate the ROM-images to a valid size.
-	<li>RGBAsm supports the LDD and LDI syntax plus [HLD] and [HLI]. LDH is synonymous with LDIO.
-	<li>Example filenames have been changed to adhere to Jeff Frohweins proposed standard.
-</ul>
-	<p>General fixes:</p>
-<ul>
-	<li>RGBLink knows about big and little endian. Plus it can do range checking on intermediate results in an expression. This is necessary to support
-different types of CPUs.
-	<li>RGBLink <em>didn’t</em> know about the special PC symbol “@” so if you used it more than once per sourcefile in an expression the linker had to resolve, things would go horribly wrong.
-	<li>There was a bug in the macro parameter passing. Any whitespace after the last parameter would be appended to the last parameter. Reported by Jeff Frohwein.
-	<li>A section stack has been implemented. Look up POPS and PUSHS in the
-manual. Jeff Frohwein’s doing again.
-	<li>OPT command added for defining and changing some options while assembling.
-	<li>You can now define which characters are used for the Gameboy graphics integer (`) using the commandline or the new OPT command. Cool idea by (surprise surprise) Jeff Frohwein.
-	<li>Also, an option stack has been added. Look up POPO and PUSHO in the manual.
-	<li>Fixed yet another line number bug reported by Jeff Frohwein (when will this guy leave me alone? ;)
-</ul>
-</td>
-<tr>
-	<td>1.02</td>
-	<td>22 July 1997</td>
-	<td><p>General fixes:</p>
-<ul>
-	<li>The lamest typo bug of all time has been fixed. RGBAsm would output a word defined with DW as 4 bytes instead of 2. Jeff Frohwein reported this.
-	<li>The first line of an included file didn’t assemble correctly.
-	<li>-b option added for setting the characters used for binary constants.
-</ul>
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>1.10</td>
-	<td>21 Sep 1997</td>
-	<td><p>General fixes:</p>
-<ul>
-	<li>The assembler would crash if you tried to use a macro symbol in an expression.  (Jeff Frohwein)
-	<li>You couldn’t use STRCMP, STRLEN and STRIN in relocatable expressions. (Harry P. Mulder)
-	<li>Relocatable symbols are no longer allowed as arguments to the DEF function.
-	<li>Finally! A librarian and smart linking has been added.
-	<li>Bug fixed in the assembler where it would sometimes write out too many bytes for HRAM section definitions.
-	<li>-z options (set fill value used for uninitialised data) added to the
-assembler and linker.
-	<li>The assembler will now read in any type of ASCII file on any type of OS.
-</ul>
-</table>
-<p>Last updated 08 October 1997 by <a href="mailto:surfsmurf@matilde.demon.co.uk">Carsten Sorensen</a></p>
-</body>
-</html>

doc/index.htm

@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/strict.dtd">
-<html>
-<head>
-	<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=UTF-8">
-	<title>RGBDS—ASMotor Documentation</title>
-	<link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="./style.css">
-</head>
-<body>
-<h1><abbr title="Rednex Game Boy Development System">RGBDS</abbr>—ASMotor v1.10 Documentation</h1>
-<h2>Table of Contents</h2>
-<ul>
-	<li><a href="geninfo.htm">ASMotor General Information</a>
-	<li><a href="asm.htm">xASM Documentation</a>
-	<li><a href="link.htm">xLink Documentation</a>
-	<li><a href="fix.htm">RGBFix Documentation</a>
-	<li><a href="rgb0.htm">The RGB0-2 ObjectFileFormat</a>
-</ul>
-<p>Last updated 21 September 1997 by <a href="mailto:surfsmurf@matilde.demon.co.uk">Carsten Sorensen</a></p>
-</body>
-</html>

doc/link.htm

@@ -1,118 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBliC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/strict.dtd">
-<html>
-<head>
-	<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=UTF-8">
-	<title>xLink</title>
-        <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="./style.css">
-</head>
-<body>
-<h1>xLink Documentation</h1>
-<h2>Table of Contents</h2>
-<ul>
-<li><a href="#history"> History</a>
-<li><a href="#usage"> Usage</a>
-<li><a href="#linkfile"> The Linkfile</a>
-<li><a href="#operationtg"> Operation for Gameboy</a>
-<li><a href="#smallmode"> Operation for Gameboy small mode</a>
-<li><a href="#psion2"> Operation for Psion2 relocatable modules</a>
-</ul>
-<hr>
-<h2 id="history">History</h2>
-<table>
-	<caption>The history of xLink</caption>
-<thead>
-<tr>
-	<th scope="col">Version</th>
-	<th scope="col">Dated</th>
-	<th scope="col">Release notes</th>
-</tr>
-</thead>
-<tr>
-	<td>1.0</td>
-	<td>1 Oct. 96</td>
-	<td>First release (RGBDS)</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>1.01</td>
-	<td>3 Dec. 96</td>
-	<td>
-<ul>
-	<li>BANK() didn't work. Fixed.</li>
-	<li>Sections were quite often output in the wrong order. Fixed.</li>
-</ul>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>1.02</td>
-	<td>12 Feb. 97</td>
-	<td><a href="#usage">-s switch and mapfile option</A> added</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>1.03</td>
-	<td>23 Mar. 97</td>
-	<td>
-<ul>
-	<li><a href="#usage">Mapfile</A> now shows BSS, VRAM and HRAM areas</li>
-	<li>There was a bug regarding <a href="#operation">fixed HOME sections.</a>
-</ul></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>1.04</td>
-	<td>03 July 1997</td>
-	<td>First ASMotor release. Supports big-endian CPUs as well. <a href="#usage">Usage</a> changed to allow for different 	output fileformats</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>1.05</td>
-	<td>20 July 1997</td>
-	<td>
-<ul>
-	<li>We can now do range checking on intermediate results in an expression. This is necessary to support different types of CPUs.</li>
-	<li>RGBLink DIDN’T know about the special PC symbol "@" so if you used it more than once per sourcefile in an expression the linker had to resolve, things would go horribly wrong.</li>
-</ul>
-</td>
-<tr>
-	<td>1.06</td>
-	<td>21 September 1997</td>
-	<td><ul><li>Smart linking and library support added
-	<li>Program renamed to xLink
-</ul>
-</td>
-</table>
-<h2 id="usage">Usage</h2>
-<pre>    xlink [options] linkfile</pre>
-<p>Options are preceded by a hyphen (-) and go as follows:
-<pre>    h         : Short help text
-    m<b>mapfile</b>  : Write a mapfile
-    t         : Output target:
-      tg      : Gameboy <a href="#operationtg">ROM image</a> (default)
-      ts      : Gameboy <a href="#smallmode">Small mode (32kB)</a> ROM image
-      tp      : <a href="#psion2">Psion2</a> relocatable module
-    z<b>HX</b>       : Set the byte value (hex format) used for uninitialised data (default is ? for random)
-</pre>
-<h2 id="linkfile">The Linkfile</h2>
-<p>A linkfile is used to tell <B>xLink</B> which objects to include and what the outputname should be. It is in plain ASCII-format.
-<pre>    # Linkfile for foobar.gb
-      
-    [Objects]
-    foo.obj
-    bar.obj
-      
-    [Libraries]
-    mylib.lib
-
-    [Output]
-    foobar.gb</pre>
-<p>A line starting with # is ignored.
-<p>If you use libraries they will only be included if one of the objects actually reference them. This works on a SECTION level and not on a module level. This means that when you write libraries you can put each subroutine in its own SECTION so only the relevant bits are included.
-<h2 id="operationtg">Operation for Gameboy (-tg)</h2>
-<p><a href="asm.htm#sections">Sections</a> created with <b>ROM0</b> in the assembler are placed in the GB bank #0 (the fixed bank $0000-$3FFF) in the order they are loaded from the objectfiles specified in the linkfile. So you want the first file in the linkfile to contain your header. <b>ROMX</b> sections are placed in <em>any bank other than #0</em>. This means you have absolutely <em>no</em> control over which sections goes where. This insures minimal slack (unused bytes) at the end of each bank in the image.
-<p>Currently  the linker doesn't calculate the GB checksums.
-You must use <a href="fix.htm">RGBFix</a> to do this.
-
-<h3 id="smallmode">Operation for Gameboy small mode (-ts)</h3>
-<p>Small mode forces all <b>ROMX</b> sections to be of type <b>ROM0</b> and increases the <b>ROM0</b> section size from 16kB to 32kB. This also means that <b>ROM0/ROMX</b> sections are written to the final image in the order you have specified on the command line.
-<p>Currently  the linker doesn't calculate the GB checksums. You must use <a href="fix.htm">RGBFix</a> to do this.
-
-<hr>
-<p>Last updated 08 October 1997 by <a href="mailto:surfsmurf@matilde.demon.co.uk">Carsten Sorensen</a></p>
-</body>
-</html>

doc/rgb0.htm

@@ -1,210 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/strict.dtd">
-<html>
-<head>
-	<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=UTF-8">
-	<title>RGB? Fileformat</title>
-        <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="./style.css">
-</head>
-<body>
-<h1>The RGB ObjectFileFormats</h1>
-<h2>Table of Contents</h2>
-<ul>
-	<li><a href="#background">Background</A>
-	<li><a href="#filestructure">FileStructure</A>
-	<li><a href="#rpn">Rpn Data</A>
-</ul>
-<h2 id="background">Background</h2>
-<p>I developed the RGB0 fileformat mainly because I needed a suitable dataformat to hold the output from <a href="asm.htm">xAsm</a> that was powerful to accomodate all the features I needed and also would make it easy for me to add new ones. The reason for documenting it is so people can write converters between it and other formats. Perhaps even develop other compilers for it?</p>
-<p>The RGB1 fileformat saw the light of day with the V1.02 of the old RGBDS release because of the addition of fixed sections.</p>
-<p>The RGB2 fileformat emerged because I needed to add support for big endian CPUs.</p>
-<h2 id="filestructure">FileStructure</h2>
-<ul>
-	<li><dfn>LONG</dfn> is a 32‐bit integer stored in little‐endian  format (Intel)
-	<li><dfn>BYTE</dfn> is an 8‐bit integer
-	<li><dfn>STRING</dfn> is a 0‐terminated string of <b>BYTE</b>
-</ul>
-<p>Down to business...</p>
-<pre>
-    ; There's a header...
-      
-    BYTE    ID[4]                      ;"RGB0", "RGB1", "RGB2"
-    LONG    NumberOfSymbols            ;The number of symbols used in this file
-    LONG    NumberOfSections           ;The number of sections used in this file
-      
-    ; Now for some symbols
-      
-    REPT    NumberOfSymbols            ;<b>NumberOfSymbols</b> symboldefs follow
-        STRING  Name                   ;The name of this symbol
-        BYTE    Type                   ;0 = LOCAL symbol only used in this file
-                                       ;1 = IMPORT this symbol from elsewhere
-                                       ;2 = EXPORT this symbol to other objects
-        IF      Type != 1
-            LONG    SectionID          ;The section number in which this symbol
-                                       ;is defined.  If -1 this symbol is an EQUate
-            LONG Value                 ;The symbols value. If SectionID!=-1 it's the
-                                       ;offset into that section
-        ENDC
-    ENDR
-      
-    ; And I'll be... Sections!
-      
-    REPT NumberOfSections
-        LONG    Size                   ;Size in bytes of this section
-        BYTE    Type                   ;0 = WRAM0
-                                       ;1 = VRAM
-                                       ;2 = ROMX
-                                       ;3 = ROM0
-                                       ;4 = HRAM
-        LONG    Org                    ;Only present in RGB1. Address to fix this
-                                       ;section at. -1 if the linker should
-                                       ;decide (normal operation)
-        LONG    Bank                   ;Only present in RGB1. Bank to load this
-                                       ;section into. -1 if the linker should
-                                       ;decide (normal operation). This field is
-                                       ;only valid for ROMX sections.
-        IF      Type==ROMX || Type==ROM0
-            BYTE Data[Size]
-            LONG NumberOfPatches
-               
-            ; These types of sections may have patches
-               
-            REPT NumberOfPatches
-                STRING    SourceFile   ;The name of the sourcefile (for
-                                       ;printing an errormessage)
-                LONG Line              ;The line of the sourcefile
-                LONG Offset            ;Offset into the section where patch
-                                       ;should be applied
-                BYTE Type              ;0 = BYTE patch
-                                       ;1 = little endian WORD patch
-                                       ;2 = little endianLONG patch
-                                       ;3 = big endian WORD patch (RGB2 and later)
-                                       ;4 = big endianLONG patch (RGB2 and later)
-                LONG RPNSize
-                BYTE RPN[RPNSize]      ;RPN definition below
-            ENDR
-        ENDC
-    ENDR</pre>
-<h2 id="rpn">Rpn Data</h2>
-<p>Expressions in the objectfile are stored as <abbr title="Reverse Polish Notation">RPN</abbr>. This is an expression of the form “2 5 +”. This will first push the value “2” to the stack. Then “5”. The “+” operator pops two arguments from the stack, adds them, and then pushes the result on the stack, effectively replacing the two top arguments with their sum. In the RGB format RPN expressions are stored as <b>BYTE</b>s with some bytes being special prefixes for integers and symbols.</p>
-<table>
-	<caption>RPN Expressions</caption>
-<thead>
-<tr>
-	<th scope="col">Byte value</th>
-	<th scope="col">Meaning</th>
-</tr>
-</thead>
-<tr>
-	<td>$00</td>
-	<td>+ operator</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>$01</td>
-	<td>- operator</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>$02</td>
-	<td>* operator</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>$03</td>
-	<td>/ operator</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>$04</td>
-	<td>% operator</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>$05</td>
-	<td>unary -</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>$06</td>
-	<td>| operator</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>$07</td>
-	<td>& operator</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>$08</td>
-	<td>^ operator</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>$09</td>
-	<td>unary ~</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>$0A</td>
-	<td>&& comparison</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>$0B</td>
-	<td>|| comparison</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>$0C</td>
-	<td>unary !</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>$0D</td>
-	<td>== comparison</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>$0E</td>
-	<td>!= comparison</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>$0F</td>
-	<td>&gt comparison</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>$10</td>
-	<td>&lt comparison</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>$11</td>
-	<td>&gt= comparison</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>$12</td>
-	<td>&lt= comparison</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>$13</td>
-	<td>&lt&lt operator</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>$14</td>
-	<td>&gt&gt operator</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>$15</td>
-	<td>BANK() function for Gameboy, a symbol ID follows</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>$16</td>
-	<td>HRAMCheck for Gameboy, check if value is in HRAM and logically and it with 0xFF</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>$17</td>
-	<td>ZeroPageCheck for PC-Engine, check if value is in ZP (0x2000-0x20FF) and logically and it with 0xFF</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>$18</td>
-	<td>RangeCheck. LOW and HIGH signed LONGs follow. Checks a value to see if within the range [LOW;HIGH]. If not, generate an error.
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>$80</td>
-	<td>LONG integer follows</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-	<td>$81</td>
-	<td>Symbol ID follows</td>
-</tr>
-</table>
-<hr>
-<p>Last updated 18 July 1997 by <a href="mailto:surfsmurf@matilde.demon.co.uk">Carsten Sorensen</a></p>
-</body>
-</html>

include/asm/asm.h

@@ -30,6 +30,6 @@ extern struct sSymbol *pPCSymbol;
 extern bool oDontExpandStrings;
 
 #define MAXMACROARGS	256
-#define MAXINCPATHS		16
+#define MAXINCPATHS		128
 
 #endif	/* //       ASM_H */

include/asm/charmap.h

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 #define RGBDS_ASM_CHARMAP_H
 
 #define MAXCHARMAPS	512
-#define CHARMAPLENGTH	8
+#define CHARMAPLENGTH	16
 
 struct Charmap {
 	int count;

include/asm/lexer.h

@@ -59,9 +59,7 @@ extern void yyunputbytes(ULONG count);
 
 extern YY_BUFFER_STATE pCurrentBuffer;
 
-#ifdef __GNUC__
-extern void strupr(char *s);
-extern void strlwr(char *s);
-#endif
+extern void upperstring(char *s);
+extern void lowerstring(char *s);
 
 #endif

include/asm/localasm.h

@@ -4,80 +4,79 @@
  n  = 8-bit
  nn = 16-bit
 
-*ADC  A,n				:	0xCE
-*ADC  A,r				:	0x88|r
-*ADD  A,n				:	0xC6
-*ADD  A,r				:	0x80|r
-*ADD  HL,ss			:	0x09|(ss<<4)
-*ADD  SP,n			:	0xE8
-*AND  A,n				:	0xE6
-*AND  A,r				:	0xA0|r
-*BIT  n3,r			:	0xCB 0x40|(n3<<3)|r
-*CALL cc,nn 			:	0xC4|(cc<<3)
-*CALL nn				:	0xCD
-*CCF					:	0x3F
-*CP   A,n				:	0xFE
-*CP   A,r				:	0xB8|r
-*CPL					:	0x2F
-*DAA					:	0x27
-*DEC  r 				:	0x05|(r<<3)
-*DEC  ss				:	0x0B|(ss<<4)
-*DI						:	0xF3
-*EI						:	0xFB
-*EX   HL,(SP)		:	0xE3
-*HALT					:	0x76
-*INC  r 				:	0x04|(r<<3)
-*INC  ss				:	0x03|(ss<<4)
-*JP   (HL)			:	0xE9
-*JP   cc,nn 			:	0xC2|(cc<<3)
-*JP   nn 				:	0xC3|(cc<<3)
-*JR	n				:	0x18
-*JR   cc,n 			:	0x20|(cc<<3)
-*LD	(nn),SP		:	0x08
-*LD   ($FF00+C),A	:	0xE2
-*LD   ($FF00+n),A	:	0xE0
-*LD   (nn),A			:	0xEA
-*LD   (rr),A			:	0x02|(rr<<4)
-*LD   A,($FF00+C)	:	0xF2
-*LD   A,($FF00+n)	:	0xF0
-*LD   A,(nn)			:	0xFA
-*LD   A,(rr)			:	0x0A|(rr<<4)
-*LD   HL,(SP+n)		:	0xF8
-*LD   SP,HL			:	0xF9
-*LD   r,n				:	0x06|(r<<3)
-*LD   r,r' 			:	0x40|(r<<3)|r' // NOTE: LD (HL),(HL) not allowed
-*LD   ss,nn			:	0x01|(ss<<4)
-*NOP					:	0x00
-*OR   A,n				:	0xF6
-*OR   A,r				:	0xB0|r
-*POP  tt				:	0xC1|(tt<<4)
-*PUSH tt				:	0xC5|(tt<<4)
-*RES  n3,r			:	0xCB 0x80|(n3<<3)|r
-*RET					:	0xC9
-*RET  cc				:	0xC0|(cc<<3)
-*RETI					:	0xD9
-*RL   r				:	0xCB 0x10|r
-*RLA					:	0x17
-*RLC  r				:	0xCB 0x00|r
-*RLCA					:	0x07
-*RR   r				:	0xCB 0x18|r
-*RRA					:	0x1F
-*RRC  r				:	0xCB 0x08|r
-*RRCA					:	0x0F
-*RST  n				:	0xC7|n
-*SBC  A,n				:	0xDE
-*SBC  A,r				:	0x98|r
-*SCF					:	0x37
-*SET  n3,r			:	0xCB 0xC0|(n8<<3)|r
-*SLA  r				:	0xCB 0x20|r
-*SRA  r				:	0xCB 0x28|r
-*SRL  r				:	0xCB 0x38|r
-*STOP					:	0x10
-*SUB  A,n				:	0xD6
-*SUB  A,r				:	0x90|r
-*SWAP r				:	0xCB 0x30|r
-*XOR  A,n				:	0xEE
-*XOR  A,r				:	0xA8|r
+* ADC  A,n		:	0xCE
+* ADC  A,r		:	0x88|r
+* ADD  A,n		:	0xC6
+* ADD  A,r		:	0x80|r
+* ADD  HL,ss		:	0x09|(ss<<4)
+* ADD  SP,n		:	0xE8
+* AND  A,n		:	0xE6
+* AND  A,r		:	0xA0|r
+* BIT  n3,r		:	0xCB 0x40|(n3<<3)|r
+* CALL cc,nn 		:	0xC4|(cc<<3)
+* CALL nn		:	0xCD
+* CCF			:	0x3F
+* CP   A,n		:	0xFE
+* CP   A,r		:	0xB8|r
+* CPL			:	0x2F
+* DAA			:	0x27
+* DEC  r 		:	0x05|(r<<3)
+* DEC  ss		:	0x0B|(ss<<4)
+* DI			:	0xF3
+* EI			:	0xFB
+* HALT			:	0x76
+* INC  r 		:	0x04|(r<<3)
+* INC  ss		:	0x03|(ss<<4)
+* JP   HL		:	0xE9
+* JP   cc,nn 		:	0xC2|(cc<<3)
+* JP   nn 		:	0xC3|(cc<<3)
+* JR   n		:	0x18
+* JR   cc,n 		:	0x20|(cc<<3)
+* LD   (nn),SP		:	0x08
+* LD   ($FF00+C),A	:	0xE2
+* LD   ($FF00+n),A	:	0xE0
+* LD   (nn),A		:	0xEA
+* LD   (rr),A		:	0x02|(rr<<4) // HL+ and HL- included
+* LD   A,($FF00+C)	:	0xF2
+* LD   A,($FF00+n)	:	0xF0
+* LD   A,(nn)		:	0xFA
+* LD   A,(rr)		:	0x0A|(rr<<4) // HL+ and HL- included
+* LD   HL,SP+n		:	0xF8
+* LD   SP,HL		:	0xF9
+* LD   r,n		:	0x06|(r<<3)
+* LD   r,r' 		:	0x40|(r<<3)|r' // NOTE: LD (HL),(HL) not allowed
+* LD   ss,nn		:	0x01|(ss<<4)
+* NOP			:	0x00
+* OR   A,n		:	0xF6
+* OR   A,r		:	0xB0|r
+* POP  tt		:	0xC1|(tt<<4)
+* PUSH tt		:	0xC5|(tt<<4)
+* RES  n3,r		:	0xCB 0x80|(n3<<3)|r
+* RET			:	0xC9
+* RET  cc		:	0xC0|(cc<<3)
+* RETI			:	0xD9
+* RL   r		:	0xCB 0x10|r
+* RLA			:	0x17
+* RLC  r		:	0xCB 0x00|r
+* RLCA			:	0x07
+* RR   r		:	0xCB 0x18|r
+* RRA			:	0x1F
+* RRC  r		:	0xCB 0x08|r
+* RRCA			:	0x0F
+* RST  n		:	0xC7|n
+* SBC  A,n		:	0xDE
+* SBC  A,r		:	0x98|r
+* SCF			:	0x37
+* SET  n3,r		:	0xCB 0xC0|(n8<<3)|r
+* SLA  r		:	0xCB 0x20|r
+* SRA  r		:	0xCB 0x28|r
+* SRL  r		:	0xCB 0x38|r
+* STOP			:	0x10 0x00
+* SUB  A,n		:	0xD6
+* SUB  A,r		:	0x90|r
+* SWAP r		:	0xCB 0x30|r
+* XOR  A,n		:	0xEE
+* XOR  A,r		:	0xA8|r
 
  */
 

include/asm/main.h

@@ -2,6 +2,7 @@
 #define	RGBDS_MAIN_H
 
 #include <stdbool.h>
+#include "extern/stdnoreturn.h"
 
 struct sOptions {
 	char gbgfx[4];
@@ -9,6 +10,8 @@ struct sOptions {
 	SLONG fillchar;
 	bool verbose;
 	bool haltnop;
+	bool exportall;
+	bool warnings; /* true to enable warnings, false to disable them. */
 	    //-1 == random
 };
 
@@ -23,8 +26,9 @@ extern void opt_Push(void);
 extern void opt_Pop(void);
 extern void opt_Parse(char *s);
 
-void fatalerror(const char *fmt, ...);
+noreturn void fatalerror(const char *fmt, ...);
 void yyerror(const char *fmt, ...);
+void warning(const char *fmt, ...);
 
 #define	YY_FATAL_ERROR fatalerror
 

include/asm/mylink.h

@@ -1,60 +1,6 @@
 #ifndef RGBDS_ASM_LINK_H
 #define RGBDS_ASM_LINK_H
 
-/* RGB0 .obj format:
- *
- * Header
- * Symbols
- * Sections
- *
- * Header:
- * "RGB0"
- * LONG NumberOfSymbols
- * LONG NumberOfSections
- *
- * Symbols:
- * Symbol[NumberOfSymbols]
- *
- * Symbol:
- * char Name (NULL terminated)
- * char nType
- * if( nType!=SYM_IMPORT )
- * {
- *		LONG SectionID
- *		LONG Offset
- * }
- *
- * Sections:
- * Section[NumberOfSections]
- *
- * Section:
- * LONG SizeInBytes
- * char Type
- * if( Type!=WRAM0 )
- * {
- *		char Data[SizeInBytes]
- *		Patches
- * }
- *
- * Patches:
- * LONG NumberOfPatches
- * Patch[NumberOfPatches]
- *
- * Patch:
- * char Filename NULL-terminated
- * LONG LineNo
- * LONG Offset
- * char Type
- * LONG RpnByteSize
- * Rpn[RpnByteSize]
- *
- * Rpn:
- * Operators: 0x00-0x7F
- * Constants: 0x80 0x00000000
- * Symbols  : 0x81 0x00000000
- *
- */
-
 enum {
 	RPN_ADD = 0,
 	RPN_SUB,
@@ -86,10 +32,6 @@ enum {
 
 	RPN_HRAM,
 
-	RPN_PCEZP,
-
-	RPN_RANGECHECK,
-
 	RPN_CONST = 0x80,
 	RPN_SYM = 0x81
 };
@@ -101,7 +43,8 @@ enum {
 	SECT_ROM0,
 	SECT_HRAM,
 	SECT_WRAMX,
-	SECT_SRAM
+	SECT_SRAM,
+	SECT_OAM
 };
 
 enum {
@@ -113,8 +56,6 @@ enum {
 enum {
 	PATCH_BYTE = 0,
 	PATCH_WORD_L,
-	PATCH_LONG_L,
-	PATCH_WORD_B,
-	PATCH_LONG_B
+	PATCH_LONG_L
 };
 #endif

include/asm/output.h

@@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ struct Section {
 	ULONG nPC;
 	ULONG nOrg;
 	ULONG nBank;
+	ULONG nAlign;
 	struct Section *pNext;
 	struct Patch *pPatches;
 	struct Charmap *charmap;
@@ -20,6 +21,7 @@ void out_PrepPass2(void);
 void out_SetFileName(char *s);
 void out_NewSection(char *pzName, ULONG secttype);
 void out_NewAbsSection(char *pzName, ULONG secttype, SLONG org, SLONG bank);
+void out_NewAlignedSection(char *pzName, ULONG secttype, SLONG alignment, SLONG bank);
 void out_AbsByte(int b);
 void out_AbsByteGroup(char *s, int length);
 void out_RelByte(struct Expression * expr);

include/asm/rpn.h

@@ -15,68 +15,67 @@ ULONG rpn_isPCRelative(struct Expression * expr);
 void rpn_Symbol(struct Expression * expr, char *tzSym);
 void rpn_Number(struct Expression * expr, ULONG i);
 void rpn_LOGNOT(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1);
-void 
+void
 rpn_LOGOR(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
     struct Expression * src2);
-void 
+void
 rpn_LOGAND(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
     struct Expression * src2);
-void 
+void
 rpn_LOGEQU(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
     struct Expression * src2);
-void 
+void
 rpn_LOGGT(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
     struct Expression * src2);
-void 
+void
 rpn_LOGLT(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
     struct Expression * src2);
-void 
+void
 rpn_LOGGE(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
     struct Expression * src2);
-void 
+void
 rpn_LOGLE(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
     struct Expression * src2);
-void 
+void
 rpn_LOGNE(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
     struct Expression * src2);
-void 
+void
 rpn_ADD(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
     struct Expression * src2);
-void 
+void
 rpn_SUB(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
     struct Expression * src2);
-void 
+void
 rpn_XOR(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
     struct Expression * src2);
-void 
+void
 rpn_OR(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
     struct Expression * src2);
-void 
+void
 rpn_AND(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
     struct Expression * src2);
-void 
+void
 rpn_SHL(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
     struct Expression * src2);
-void 
+void
 rpn_SHR(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
     struct Expression * src2);
-void 
+void
 rpn_MUL(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
     struct Expression * src2);
-void 
+void
 rpn_DIV(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
     struct Expression * src2);
-void 
+void
 rpn_MOD(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
     struct Expression * src2);
+void rpn_HIGH(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src);
+void rpn_LOW(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src);
 void rpn_UNNEG(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src);
 void rpn_UNNOT(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src);
 UWORD rpn_PopByte(struct Expression * expr);
 void rpn_Bank(struct Expression * expr, char *tzSym);
 void rpn_Reset(struct Expression * expr);
-int 
-rpn_RangeCheck(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src, SLONG low,
-    SLONG high);
 void rpn_CheckHRAM(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1);
 
 #endif

include/asm/symbol.h

@@ -36,6 +36,7 @@ struct sSymbol {
 					 * not be changed during linking */
 
 ULONG calchash(char *s);
+void sym_SetExportAll(BBOOL set);
 void sym_PrepPass1(void);
 void sym_PrepPass2(void);
 void sym_AddLocalReloc(char *tzSym);
@@ -53,7 +54,6 @@ void sym_AddEqu(char *tzSym, SLONG value);
 void sym_AddSet(char *tzSym, SLONG value);
 void sym_Init(void);
 ULONG sym_GetConstantValue(char *s);
-void sym_Import(char *tzSym);
 ULONG sym_isConstant(char *s);
 struct sSymbol *sym_FindSymbol(char *tzName);
 void sym_Global(char *tzSym);
@@ -70,5 +70,6 @@ ULONG sym_GetDefinedValue(char *s);
 ULONG sym_isDefined(char *tzName);
 void sym_Purge(char *tzName);
 ULONG sym_isConstDefined(char *tzName);
+int sym_IsRelocDiffDefined(char *tzSym1, char *tzSym2);
 
 #endif

include/extern/stdnoreturn.h

@@ -12,5 +12,5 @@
     #define noreturn _declspec( noreturn)
 #else
     /* unsupported, but no need to throw a fit */
-    #define noreturn 
+    #define noreturn
 #endif

include/gfx/gb.h

@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright © 2013 stag019 <stag019@gmail.com>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef RGBDS_GFX_GB_H
+#define RGBDS_GFX_GB_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include "gfx/main.h"
+
+void png_to_gb(struct PNGImage png, struct GBImage *gb);
+void output_file(struct Options opts, struct GBImage gb);
+int get_tile_index(uint8_t *tile, uint8_t **tiles, int num_tiles, int tile_size);
+void create_tilemap(struct Options opts, struct GBImage *gb, struct Tilemap *tilemap);
+void output_tilemap_file(struct Options opts, struct Tilemap tilemap);
+void output_palette_file(struct Options opts, struct PNGImage png);
+
+#endif

include/gfx/main.h

@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright © 2013 stag019 <stag019@gmail.com>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef RGBDS_GFX_MAIN_H
+#define RGBDS_GFX_MAIN_H
+
+#include <png.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "extern/err.h"
+
+struct Options {
+	bool debug;
+	bool verbose;
+	bool hardfix;
+	bool fix;
+	bool horizontal;
+	bool unique;
+	int trim;
+	char *mapfile;
+	bool mapout;
+	char *palfile;
+	bool palout;
+	char *outfile;
+	char *infile;
+};
+
+struct PNGImage {
+	png_struct *png;
+	png_info *info;
+	png_byte **data;
+	int width;
+	int height;
+	png_byte depth;
+	png_byte type;
+	bool horizontal;
+	int trim;
+	char *mapfile;
+	bool mapout;
+	char *palfile;
+	bool palout;
+};
+
+struct GBImage {
+	uint8_t *data;
+	int size;
+	bool horizontal;
+	int trim;
+};
+
+struct Tilemap {
+	uint8_t *data;
+	int size;
+};
+
+int depth, colors;
+
+#include "gfx/makepng.h"
+#include "gfx/gb.h"
+
+#endif

include/gfx/makepng.h

@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright © 2013 stag019 <stag019@gmail.com>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef RGBDS_GFX_PNG_H
+#define RGBDS_GFX_PNG_H
+
+#include "gfx/main.h"
+
+void input_png_file(struct Options opts, struct PNGImage *img);
+void get_text(struct PNGImage *png);
+void set_text(struct PNGImage *png);
+void output_png_file(struct Options opts, struct PNGImage *png);
+void free_png_data(struct PNGImage *png);
+
+#endif

include/link/assign.h

@@ -1,17 +1,33 @@
 #ifndef RGBDS_LINK_ASSIGN_H
 #define RGBDS_LINK_ASSIGN_H
 
+#include "mylink.h"
 #include "types.h"
 
-enum eBankDefine {
-	BANK_ROM0 = 0,
-	BANK_WRAM0 = 512,
-	BANK_WRAMX,
-	BANK_VRAM = 520,
-	BANK_HRAM = 522,
-	BANK_SRAM = 523
+enum eBankCount {
+	BANK_COUNT_ROM0 = 1,
+	BANK_COUNT_ROMX = 511,
+	BANK_COUNT_WRAM0 = 1,
+	BANK_COUNT_WRAMX = 7,
+	BANK_COUNT_VRAM = 2,
+	BANK_COUNT_OAM  = 1,
+	BANK_COUNT_HRAM = 1,
+	BANK_COUNT_SRAM = 16
 };
-#define MAXBANKS	527
+
+enum eBankDefine {
+	BANK_ROM0  = 0,
+	BANK_ROMX  = BANK_ROM0  + BANK_COUNT_ROM0,
+	BANK_WRAM0 = BANK_ROMX  + BANK_COUNT_ROMX,
+	BANK_WRAMX = BANK_WRAM0 + BANK_COUNT_WRAM0,
+	BANK_VRAM  = BANK_WRAMX + BANK_COUNT_WRAMX,
+	BANK_OAM   = BANK_VRAM  + BANK_COUNT_VRAM,
+	BANK_HRAM  = BANK_OAM   + BANK_COUNT_OAM,
+	BANK_SRAM  = BANK_HRAM  + BANK_COUNT_HRAM
+};
+
+#define MAXBANKS	(BANK_COUNT_ROM0 + BANK_COUNT_ROMX + BANK_COUNT_WRAM0 + BANK_COUNT_WRAMX \
+					+ BANK_COUNT_VRAM + BANK_COUNT_OAM + BANK_COUNT_HRAM + BANK_COUNT_SRAM)
 
 extern SLONG area_Avail(SLONG bank);
 extern void AssignSections(void);
@@ -19,4 +35,16 @@ extern void CreateSymbolTable(void);
 extern SLONG MaxBankUsed;
 extern SLONG MaxAvail[MAXBANKS];
 
+int
+IsSectionNameInUse(const char *name);
+
+void
+SetLinkerscriptName(char *tzLinkerscriptFile);
+
+int
+IsSectionSameTypeBankAndFloating(const char *name, enum eSectionType type, int bank);
+
+unsigned int
+AssignSectionAddressAndBankByName(const char *name, unsigned int address, int bank);
+
 #endif

include/link/main.h

@@ -4,6 +4,6 @@
 #include "types.h"
 
 extern SLONG fillchar;
-extern char smartlinkstartsymbol[256];
+extern char *smartlinkstartsymbol;
 
 #endif

include/link/mylink.h

@@ -8,8 +8,11 @@
 #include "types.h"
 
 extern SLONG options;
-#define OPT_SMALL	0x01
+#define OPT_TINY		0x01
 #define OPT_SMART_C_LINK	0x02
+#define OPT_OVERLAY		0x04
+#define OPT_CONTWRAM		0x08
+#define OPT_DMG_MODE		0x10
 
 enum eRpnData {
 	RPN_ADD = 0,
@@ -42,10 +45,6 @@ enum eRpnData {
 
 	RPN_HRAM,
 
-	RPN_PCEZP,
-
-	RPN_RANGECHECK,
-
 	RPN_CONST = 0x80,
 	RPN_SYM = 0x81
 };
@@ -57,14 +56,17 @@ enum eSectionType {
 	SECT_ROM0,
 	SECT_HRAM,
 	SECT_WRAMX,
-	SECT_SRAM
+	SECT_SRAM,
+	SECT_OAM
 };
 
 struct sSection {
 	SLONG nBank;
 	SLONG nOrg;
+	SLONG nAlign;
 	BBOOL oAssigned;
 
+	char *pzName;
 	SLONG nByteSize;
 	enum eSectionType Type;
 	UBYTE *pData;
@@ -92,9 +94,7 @@ struct sSymbol {
 enum ePatchType {
 	PATCH_BYTE = 0,
 	PATCH_WORD_L,
-	PATCH_LONG_L,
-	PATCH_WORD_B,
-	PATCH_LONG_B
+	PATCH_LONG_L
 };
 
 struct sPatch {

include/link/output.h

@@ -2,6 +2,7 @@
 #define	RGBDS_LINK_OUTPUT_H
 
 void out_Setname(char *tzOutputfile);
+void out_SetOverlayname(char *tzOverlayfile);
 void Output(void);
 
 #endif

include/link/script.h

@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2017 Antonio Nino Diaz <antonio_nd@outlook.com>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef RGBDS_LINK_SCRIPT_H
+#define RGBDS_LINK_SCRIPT_H
+
+#include "extern/stdnoreturn.h"
+
+noreturn void script_fatalerror(const char *fmt, ...);
+
+void script_Parse(const char *path);
+
+void script_IncludeFile(const char *path);
+int script_IncludeDepthGet(void);
+void script_IncludePop(void);
+
+void script_InitSections(void);
+void script_SetCurrentSectionType(const char *type, unsigned int bank);
+void script_SetAddress(unsigned int addr);
+void script_SetAlignment(unsigned int alignment);
+void script_OutputSection(const char *section_name);
+
+#endif
+

src/asm/asmy.y

@@ -20,6 +20,49 @@
 char	*tzNewMacro;
 ULONG	ulNewMacroSize;
 
+void
+bankrangecheck(char *name, ULONG secttype, SLONG org, SLONG bank)
+{
+	SLONG minbank, maxbank;
+	char *stype = NULL;
+	switch (secttype) {
+	case SECT_ROMX:
+		stype = "ROMX";
+		minbank = 1;
+		maxbank = 0x1ff;
+		break;
+	case SECT_SRAM:
+		stype = "SRAM";
+		minbank = 0;
+		maxbank = 0x1ff;
+		break;
+	case SECT_WRAMX:
+		stype = "WRAMX";
+		minbank = 1;
+		maxbank = 7;
+		break;
+	case SECT_VRAM:
+		stype = "VRAM";
+		minbank = 0;
+		maxbank = 1;
+		break;
+	default:
+		yyerror("BANK only allowed for "
+		    "ROMX, WRAMX, SRAM, or VRAM sections");
+	}
+
+	if (stype && (bank < minbank || bank > maxbank)) {
+		yyerror("%s bank value $%x out of range ($%x to $%x)",
+		    stype, bank, minbank, maxbank);
+	}
+
+	if (secttype == SECT_WRAMX) {
+		bank -= minbank;
+	}
+
+	out_NewAbsSection(name, secttype, org, bank);
+}
+
 size_t symvaluetostring(char *dest, size_t maxLength, char *sym)
 {
 	size_t length;
@@ -75,7 +118,6 @@ ULONG	str2int2( char *s, int length )
 		r<<=8;
 		r|=(UBYTE)(s[i]);
 		i++;
-		
 	}
 	return( r );
 }
@@ -99,8 +141,9 @@ void	copyrept( void )
 {
 	SLONG	level=1, len, instring=0;
 	char	*src=pCurrentBuffer->pBuffer;
+	char	*bufferEnd = pCurrentBuffer->pBufferStart + pCurrentBuffer->nBufferSize;
 
-	while( *src && level )
+	while( src < bufferEnd && level )
 	{
 		if( instring==0 )
 		{
@@ -139,6 +182,10 @@ void	copyrept( void )
 		}
 	}
 
+	if (level != 0) {
+		fatalerror("Unterminated REPT block");
+	}
+
 	len=src-pCurrentBuffer->pBuffer-4;
 
 	src=pCurrentBuffer->pBuffer;
@@ -174,8 +221,9 @@ void	copymacro( void )
 {
 	SLONG	level=1, len, instring=0;
 	char	*src=pCurrentBuffer->pBuffer;
+	char	*bufferEnd = pCurrentBuffer->pBufferStart + pCurrentBuffer->nBufferSize;
 
-	while( *src && level )
+	while( src < bufferEnd && level )
 	{
 		if( instring==0 )
 		{
@@ -214,6 +262,10 @@ void	copymacro( void )
 		}
 	}
 
+	if (level != 0) {
+		fatalerror("Unterminated MACRO definition");
+	}
+
 	len=src-pCurrentBuffer->pBuffer-4;
 
 	src=pCurrentBuffer->pBuffer;
@@ -305,6 +357,10 @@ void	if_skip_to_else( void )
 		}
 	}
 
+	if (level != 0) {
+		fatalerror("Unterminated IF construct");
+	}
+
 	len=src-pCurrentBuffer->pBuffer;
 
 	yyskipbytes( len );
@@ -360,6 +416,10 @@ void	if_skip_to_endc( void )
 		}
 	}
 
+	if (level != 0) {
+		fatalerror("Unterminated IF construct");
+	}
+
 	len=src-pCurrentBuffer->pBuffer;
 
 	yyskipbytes( len );
@@ -399,7 +459,7 @@ void	if_skip_to_endc( void )
 %left	T_OP_MUL T_OP_DIV T_OP_MOD
 %left	T_OP_NOT
 %left	T_OP_DEF
-%left	T_OP_BANK
+%left	T_OP_BANK T_OP_ALIGN
 %left	T_OP_SIN
 %left	T_OP_COS
 %left	T_OP_TAN
@@ -413,6 +473,7 @@ void	if_skip_to_endc( void )
 %left	T_OP_CEIL
 %left	T_OP_FLOOR
 
+%token	T_OP_HIGH T_OP_LOW
 
 %left	T_OP_STRCMP
 %left	T_OP_STRIN
@@ -452,13 +513,14 @@ void	if_skip_to_endc( void )
 %token	T_POP_POPO
 %token	T_POP_PUSHO
 %token	T_POP_OPT
-%token	T_SECT_WRAM0 T_SECT_VRAM T_SECT_ROMX T_SECT_ROM0 T_SECT_HRAM T_SECT_WRAMX T_SECT_SRAM
+%token	T_SECT_WRAM0 T_SECT_VRAM T_SECT_ROMX T_SECT_ROM0 T_SECT_HRAM T_SECT_WRAMX T_SECT_SRAM T_SECT_OAM
+%token	T_SECT_HOME T_SECT_DATA T_SECT_CODE T_SECT_BSS
 
 %token	T_Z80_ADC T_Z80_ADD T_Z80_AND
 %token	T_Z80_BIT
 %token	T_Z80_CALL T_Z80_CCF T_Z80_CP T_Z80_CPL
 %token	T_Z80_DAA T_Z80_DEC T_Z80_DI
-%token	T_Z80_EI T_Z80_EX
+%token	T_Z80_EI
 %token	T_Z80_HALT
 %token	T_Z80_INC
 %token	T_Z80_JP T_Z80_JR
@@ -476,11 +538,12 @@ void	if_skip_to_endc( void )
 %token	T_Z80_SLA T_Z80_SRA T_Z80_SRL T_Z80_SUB T_Z80_SWAP
 %token	T_Z80_XOR
 
-%token	T_MODE_A T_MODE_B T_MODE_C T_MODE_C_IND T_MODE_D T_MODE_E T_MODE_H T_MODE_L
+%token	T_TOKEN_A T_TOKEN_B T_TOKEN_C T_TOKEN_D T_TOKEN_E T_TOKEN_H T_TOKEN_L
 %token	T_MODE_AF
 %token	T_MODE_BC T_MODE_BC_IND
 %token	T_MODE_DE T_MODE_DE_IND
 %token	T_MODE_SP T_MODE_SP_IND
+%token	T_MODE_C_IND
 %token	T_MODE_HL T_MODE_HL_IND T_MODE_HL_INDDEC T_MODE_HL_INDINC
 %token	T_CC_NZ T_CC_Z T_CC_NC
 
@@ -618,7 +681,7 @@ fail : T_POP_FAIL string {
 	};
 
 warn : T_POP_WARN string {
-		yyerror("%s", $2);
+		warning("%s", $2);
 	};
 
 shift			:	T_POP_SHIFT
@@ -709,7 +772,13 @@ import_list		:	import_list_entry
 				|	import_list_entry ',' import_list
 ;
 
-import_list_entry	:	T_ID	{ sym_Import($1); }
+import_list_entry	:	T_ID	{
+						/* This is done automatically if
+						 * the label isn't found in the
+						 * list of defined symbols. */
+						if( nPass==1 )
+							warning("IMPORT is a deprecated keyword with no effect: %s", $1);
+					}
 ;
 
 export			:	T_POP_EXPORT export_list
@@ -931,6 +1000,10 @@ relocconst		:	T_ID
 						{ rpn_UNNEG(&$$,&$2); }
 				|	T_OP_NOT relocconst %prec NEG
 						{ rpn_UNNOT(&$$,&$2); }
+				|	T_OP_HIGH '(' relocconst ')'
+						{ rpn_HIGH(&$$, &$3); }
+				|	T_OP_LOW '(' relocconst ')'
+						{ rpn_LOW(&$$, &$3); }
 				|	T_OP_BANK '(' T_ID ')'
 						{ rpn_Bank(&$$,$3); $$.nVal = 0; }
 				|	T_OP_DEF { oDontExpandStrings = true; } '(' T_ID ')'
@@ -979,9 +1052,14 @@ const			:	T_ID							{ $$ = sym_GetConstantValue($1); }
 				|	const T_OP_LOGICNE const 		{ $$ = $1 != $3; }
 				|	const T_OP_ADD const			{ $$ = $1 + $3; }
 				|	const T_OP_SUB const			{ $$ = $1 - $3; }
-				|	T_ID  T_OP_SUB T_ID				{ $$ = sym_GetDefinedValue($1) - sym_GetDefinedValue($3); }
+				|	T_ID  T_OP_SUB T_ID
+					{
+						if (sym_IsRelocDiffDefined($1, $3) == 0)
+							fatalerror("'%s - %s' not defined.", $1, $3);
+						$$ = sym_GetDefinedValue($1) - sym_GetDefinedValue($3);
+					}
 				|	const T_OP_XOR const			{ $$ = $1 ^ $3; }
-				|	const T_OP_OR const				{ $$ = $1 | $3; }
+				|	const T_OP_OR const			{ $$ = $1 | $3; }
 				|	const T_OP_AND const			{ $$ = $1 & $3; }
 				|	const T_OP_SHL const			{ $$ = $1 << $3; }
 				|	const T_OP_SHR const			{ $$ = $1 >> $3; }
@@ -1036,9 +1114,9 @@ string			:	T_STRING
 				|	T_OP_STRCAT '(' string ',' string ')'
 					{ strcpy($$,$3); strcat($$,$5); }
 				|	T_OP_STRUPR '(' string ')'
-					{ strcpy($$,$3); strupr($$); }
+					{ strcpy($$,$3); upperstring($$); }
 				|	T_OP_STRLWR '(' string ')'
-					{ strcpy($$,$3); strlwr($$); }
+					{ strcpy($$,$3); lowerstring($$); }
 ;
 section:
 		T_POP_SECTION string ',' sectiontype
@@ -1052,78 +1130,28 @@ section:
 			else
 				yyerror("Address $%x not 16-bit", $6);
 		}
+	|	T_POP_SECTION string ',' sectiontype ',' T_OP_ALIGN '[' const ']'
+		{
+			out_NewAlignedSection($2, $4, $8, -1);
+		}
 	|	T_POP_SECTION string ',' sectiontype ',' T_OP_BANK '[' const ']'
 		{
-			if( $4==SECT_ROMX ) {
-				if( $8>=1 && $8<=0x1ff )
-					out_NewAbsSection($2,$4,-1,$8);
-				else
-					yyerror("ROM bank value $%x out of range (1 to $1ff)", $8);
-			} else if ($4 == SECT_SRAM) {
-				if ($8 >= 0 && $8 <= 3) {
-					out_NewAbsSection($2, $4, -1, $8);
-				} else {
-					yyerror("SRAM bank value $%x out of range (0 to 3)", $8);
-				}
-			} else if ($4 == SECT_WRAMX) {
-				if ($8 >= 1 && $8 <= 7) {
-					out_NewAbsSection($2, $4, -1, $8 - 1);
-				} else {
-					yyerror("WRAMX bank value $%x out of range (1 to 7)", $8);
-				}
-			} else if ($4 == SECT_VRAM) {
-				if ($8 >= 0 && $8 <= 1) {
-					out_NewAbsSection($2, $4, -1, $8);
-				} else {
-					yyerror("VRAM bank value $%x out of range (0 to 1)", $8);
-				}
-			} else {
-				yyerror("BANK only allowed for ROMX, WRAMX, SRAM, or VRAM sections");
-			}
+			bankrangecheck($2, $4, -1, $8);
 		}
 	|	T_POP_SECTION string ',' sectiontype '[' const ']' ',' T_OP_BANK '[' const ']'
 		{
-			if( $4==SECT_ROMX ) {
-				if( $6>=0 && $6<0x10000 ) {
-					if( $11>=1 && $11<=0x1ff )
-						out_NewAbsSection($2,$4,$6,$11);
-					else
-						yyerror("ROM bank value $%x out of range (1 to $1ff)", $11);
-				} else
-					yyerror("Address $%x not 16-bit", $6);
-			} else if ($4 == SECT_SRAM) {
-				if ($6 >= 0 && $6 < 0x10000) {
-					if ($11 >= 0 && $11 <= 3) {
-						out_NewAbsSection($2, $4, $6, $11);
-					} else {
-						yyerror("SRAM bank value $%x out of range (0 to 3)", $11);
-					}
-				} else {
-					yyerror("Address $%x not 16-bit", $6);
-				}
-			} else if ($4 == SECT_WRAMX) {
-				if ($6 >= 0 && $6 < 0x10000) {
-					if ($11 >= 1 && $11 <= 7) {
-						out_NewAbsSection($2, $4, $6, $11 - 1);
-					} else {
-						yyerror("WRAMX bank value $%x out of range (1 to 7)", $11);
-					}
-				} else {
-					yyerror("Address $%x not 16-bit", $6);
-				}
-			} else if ($4 == SECT_VRAM) {
-				if ($6 >= 0 && $6 < 0x10000) {
-					if ($11 >= 0 && $11 <= 1) {
-						out_NewAbsSection($2,$4,$6,$11);
-					} else {
-						yyerror("VRAM bank value $%x out of range (0 to 1)", $11);
-					}
-				} else {
-					yyerror("Address $%x not 16-bit", $6);
-				}
-			} else {
-				yyerror("BANK only allowed for ROMX, WRAMX, SRAM, or VRAM sections");
+			if ($6 < 0 || $6 > 0x10000) {
+				yyerror("Address $%x not 16-bit", $6);
 			}
+			bankrangecheck($2, $4, $6, $11);
+		}
+	|	T_POP_SECTION string ',' sectiontype ',' T_OP_ALIGN '[' const ']' ',' T_OP_BANK '[' const ']'
+		{
+			out_NewAlignedSection($2, $4, $8, $13);
+		}
+	|	T_POP_SECTION string ',' sectiontype ',' T_OP_BANK '[' const ']' ',' T_OP_ALIGN '[' const ']'
+		{
+			out_NewAlignedSection($2, $4, $13, $8);
 		}
 ;
 
@@ -1135,6 +1163,23 @@ sectiontype:
 	|	T_SECT_HRAM	{ $$=SECT_HRAM; }
 	|	T_SECT_WRAMX	{ $$=SECT_WRAMX; }
 	|	T_SECT_SRAM	{ $$=SECT_SRAM; }
+	|	T_SECT_OAM	{ $$=SECT_OAM; }
+	|	T_SECT_HOME	{
+					warning("HOME section name is deprecated, use ROM0 instead.");
+					$$=SECT_ROM0;
+				}
+	|	T_SECT_DATA	{
+					warning("DATA section name is deprecated, use ROMX instead.");
+					$$=SECT_ROMX;
+				}
+	|	T_SECT_CODE	{
+					warning("CODE section name is deprecated, use ROMX instead.");
+					$$=SECT_ROMX;
+				}
+	|	T_SECT_BSS	{
+					warning("BSS section name is deprecated, use WRAM0 instead.");
+					$$=SECT_WRAM0;
+				}
 ;
 
 
@@ -1150,7 +1195,6 @@ cpu_command		:	z80_adc
 				|	z80_dec
 				|	z80_di
 				|	z80_ei
-				|	z80_ex
 				|	z80_halt
 				|	z80_inc
 				|	z80_jp
@@ -1241,12 +1285,6 @@ z80_ei			:	T_Z80_EI
 					{ out_AbsByte(0xFB); }
 ;
 
-z80_ex			:	T_Z80_EX T_MODE_HL comma T_MODE_SP_IND
-					{ out_AbsByte(0xE3); }
-				|	T_Z80_EX T_MODE_SP_IND comma T_MODE_HL
-					{ out_AbsByte(0xE3); }
-;
-
 z80_halt: T_Z80_HALT
 		{
 			out_AbsByte(0x76);
@@ -1267,7 +1305,11 @@ z80_jp			:	T_Z80_JP const_16bit
 				|	T_Z80_JP ccode comma const_16bit
 					{ out_AbsByte(0xC2|($2<<3)); out_RelWord(&$4); }
 				|	T_Z80_JP T_MODE_HL_IND
-					{ out_AbsByte(0xE9); }
+					{
+						out_AbsByte(0xE9);
+						if( nPass==1 )
+							warning("'JP [HL]' is obsolete, use 'JP HL' instead.");
+					}
 				|	T_Z80_JP T_MODE_HL
 					{ out_AbsByte(0xE9); }
 ;
@@ -1281,12 +1323,24 @@ z80_jr			:	T_Z80_JR const_PCrel
 z80_ldi			:	T_Z80_LDI T_MODE_HL_IND comma T_MODE_A
 					{ out_AbsByte(0x02|(2<<4)); }
 				|	T_Z80_LDI T_MODE_A comma T_MODE_HL
+					{
+						out_AbsByte(0x0A|(2<<4));
+						if( nPass==1 )
+							warning("'LDI A,HL' is obsolete, use 'LDI A,[HL]' or 'LD A,[HL+] instead.");
+					}
+				|	T_Z80_LDI T_MODE_A comma T_MODE_HL_IND
 					{ out_AbsByte(0x0A|(2<<4)); }
 ;
 
 z80_ldd			:	T_Z80_LDD T_MODE_HL_IND comma T_MODE_A
 					{ out_AbsByte(0x02|(3<<4)); }
 				|	T_Z80_LDD T_MODE_A comma T_MODE_HL
+					{
+						out_AbsByte(0x0A|(3<<4));
+						if( nPass==1 )
+							warning("'LDD A,HL' is obsolete, use 'LDD A,[HL]' or 'LD A,[HL-] instead.");
+					}
+				|	T_Z80_LDD T_MODE_A comma T_MODE_HL_IND
 					{ out_AbsByte(0x0A|(3<<4)); }
 ;
 
@@ -1421,8 +1475,14 @@ z80_ld_a		:	T_Z80_LD reg_r comma T_MODE_C_IND
 					}
 ;
 
-z80_ld_ss		:	T_Z80_LD reg_ss comma const_16bit
-					{ out_AbsByte(0x01|($2<<4)); out_RelWord(&$4); }
+z80_ld_ss		:	T_Z80_LD T_MODE_BC comma const_16bit
+					{ out_AbsByte(0x01|(REG_BC<<4)); out_RelWord(&$4); }
+				|	T_Z80_LD T_MODE_DE comma const_16bit
+					{ out_AbsByte(0x01|(REG_DE<<4)); out_RelWord(&$4); }
+				/*
+				 * HL is taken care of in z80_ld_hl
+				 * SP is taken care of in z80_ld_sp
+				 */
 ;
 
 z80_nop			:	T_Z80_NOP
@@ -1562,10 +1622,33 @@ op_a_n			:	const_8bit				{ $$ = $1; }
 comma			:	','
 ;
 
+T_MODE_A		:	T_TOKEN_A
+				|	T_OP_HIGH '(' T_MODE_AF ')'
+;
+T_MODE_B		:	T_TOKEN_B
+				|	T_OP_HIGH '(' T_MODE_BC ')'
+;
+T_MODE_C		:	T_TOKEN_C
+				|	T_OP_LOW '(' T_MODE_BC ')'
+;
+T_MODE_D		:	T_TOKEN_D
+				|	T_OP_HIGH '(' T_MODE_DE ')'
+;
+T_MODE_E		:	T_TOKEN_E
+				|	T_OP_LOW '(' T_MODE_DE ')'
+;
+T_MODE_H		:	T_TOKEN_H
+				|	T_OP_HIGH '(' T_MODE_HL ')'
+;
+T_MODE_L		:	T_TOKEN_L
+				|	T_OP_LOW '(' T_MODE_HL ')'
+;
+
+
 ccode			:	T_CC_NZ		{ $$ = CC_NZ; }
 				|	T_CC_Z		{ $$ = CC_Z; }
 				|	T_CC_NC		{ $$ = CC_NC; }
-				|	T_MODE_C	{ $$ = CC_C; }
+				|	T_TOKEN_C	{ $$ = CC_C; }
 ;
 
 reg_r			:	T_MODE_B		{ $$ = REG_B; }

src/asm/charmap.c

@@ -1,3 +1,57 @@
+/*
+ * UTF-8 decoder copyright © 2008–2009 Björn Höhrmann <bjoern@hoehrmann.de>
+ * http://bjoern.hoehrmann.de/utf-8/decoder/dfa/
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+ * of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to
+ * deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the
+ * rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or
+ * sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+ * all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+ * AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+ * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+ * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS
+ * IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+static const uint8_t utf8d[] = {
+  0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, // 00..1f
+  0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, // 20..3f
+  0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, // 40..5f
+  0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, // 60..7f
+  1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9, // 80..9f
+  7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7, // a0..bf
+  8,8,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2, // c0..df
+  0xa,0x3,0x3,0x3,0x3,0x3,0x3,0x3,0x3,0x3,0x3,0x3,0x3,0x4,0x3,0x3, // e0..ef
+  0xb,0x6,0x6,0x6,0x5,0x8,0x8,0x8,0x8,0x8,0x8,0x8,0x8,0x8,0x8,0x8, // f0..ff
+  0x0,0x1,0x2,0x3,0x5,0x8,0x7,0x1,0x1,0x1,0x4,0x6,0x1,0x1,0x1,0x1, // s0..s0
+  1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,0,1,1,1,1,1,0,1,0,1,1,1,1,1,1, // s1..s2
+  1,2,1,1,1,1,1,2,1,2,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,2,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1, // s3..s4
+  1,2,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,2,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,3,1,3,1,1,1,1,1,1, // s5..s6
+  1,3,1,1,1,1,1,3,1,3,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,3,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1, // s7..s8
+};
+
+uint32_t
+decode(uint32_t* state, uint32_t* codep, uint32_t byte) {
+  uint32_t type = utf8d[byte];
+
+  *codep = (*state != 0) ?
+    (byte & 0x3fu) | (*codep << 6) :
+    (0xff >> type) & (byte);
+
+  *state = utf8d[256 + *state*16 + type];
+  return *state;
+}
+
 /*
  * Copyright © 2013 stag019 <stag019@gmail.com>
  *
@@ -28,122 +82,95 @@ struct Charmap globalCharmap = {0};
 extern struct Section *pCurrentSection;
 
 int
-readUTF8Char(char *destination, char *source)
+readUTF8Char(char *dest, char *src)
 {
-	int size;
-	UBYTE first;
-	first = source[0];
+	uint32_t state;
+	uint32_t codep;
+	int i;
 
-	if(first >= 0xFC)
-	{
-		size = 6;
+	for (i = 0, state = 0;; i++) {
+		if (decode(&state, &codep, (uint8_t)src[i]) == 1) {
+			fatalerror("invalid UTF-8 character");
+		}
+
+		dest[i] = src[i];
+
+		i++;
+		if (state == 0) {
+			dest[i] = '\0';
+			return i;
+		}
+		dest[i] = src[i];
 	}
-	else if(first >= 0xF8)
-	{
-		size = 5;
-	}
-	else if(first >= 0xF0)
-	{
-		size = 4;
-	}
-	else if(first >= 0xE0)
-	{
-		size = 3;
-	}
-	else if(first >= 0xC0)
-	{
-		size = 2;
-	}
-	else if(first != '\0')
-	{
-		size = 1;
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		size = 0;
-	}
-	strncpy(destination, source, size);
-	destination[size] = 0;
-	return size;
 }
 
 int
 charmap_Add(char *input, UBYTE output)
 {
-	int i, input_length;
-	char temp1i[CHARMAPLENGTH + 1], temp2i[CHARMAPLENGTH + 1], temp1o = 0, temp2o = 0;
+	int i;
+	size_t input_length;
+	char temp1i[CHARMAPLENGTH + 1], temp2i[CHARMAPLENGTH + 1], temp1o = 0,
+	    temp2o = 0;
 
 	struct Charmap *charmap;
 
-	if(pCurrentSection)
-	{
-		if(pCurrentSection -> charmap)
-		{
-			charmap = pCurrentSection -> charmap;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			if((charmap = (struct Charmap *) calloc(1, sizeof(struct Charmap))) == NULL)
-			{
+	if (pCurrentSection) {
+		if (pCurrentSection->charmap) {
+			charmap = pCurrentSection->charmap;
+		} else {
+			if ((charmap = calloc(1, sizeof(struct Charmap))) ==
+			    NULL) {
 				fatalerror("Not enough memory for charmap");
 			}
-			pCurrentSection -> charmap = charmap;
+			pCurrentSection->charmap = charmap;
 		}
-	}
-	else
-	{
+	} else {
 		charmap = &globalCharmap;
 	}
 
-	if(nPass == 2)
-	{
-		return charmap -> count;
+	if (nPass == 2) {
+		return charmap->count;
 	}
 
-	if(charmap -> count > MAXCHARMAPS || strlen(input) > CHARMAPLENGTH)
-	{
+	if (charmap->count > MAXCHARMAPS || strlen(input) > CHARMAPLENGTH) {
 		return -1;
 	}
 
 	input_length = strlen(input);
-	if(input_length > 1)
-	{
+	if (input_length > 1) {
 		i = 0;
-		while(i < charmap -> count + 1)
-		{
-			if(input_length > strlen(charmap -> input[i]))
-			{
-				memcpy(temp1i, charmap -> input[i], CHARMAPLENGTH + 1);
-				memcpy(charmap -> input[i], input, input_length);
-				temp1o = charmap -> output[i];
-				charmap -> output[i] = output;
+		while (i < charmap->count + 1) {
+			if (input_length > strlen(charmap->input[i])) {
+				memcpy(temp1i, charmap->input[i],
+				    CHARMAPLENGTH + 1);
+				memcpy(charmap->input[i], input, input_length);
+				temp1o = charmap->output[i];
+				charmap->output[i] = output;
 				i++;
 				break;
 			}
 			i++;
 		}
-		while(i < charmap -> count + 1)
-		{
-			memcpy(temp2i, charmap -> input[i], CHARMAPLENGTH + 1);
-			memcpy(charmap -> input[i], temp1i, CHARMAPLENGTH + 1);
+		while (i < charmap->count + 1) {
+			memcpy(temp2i, charmap->input[i], CHARMAPLENGTH + 1);
+			memcpy(charmap->input[i], temp1i, CHARMAPLENGTH + 1);
 			memcpy(temp1i, temp2i, CHARMAPLENGTH + 1);
-			temp2o = charmap -> output[i];
-			charmap -> output[i] = temp1o;
+			temp2o = charmap->output[i];
+			charmap->output[i] = temp1o;
 			temp1o = temp2o;
 			i++;
 		}
-		memcpy(charmap -> input[charmap -> count + 1], temp1i, CHARMAPLENGTH + 1);
-		charmap -> output[charmap -> count + 1] = temp1o;
+		memcpy(charmap->input[charmap->count + 1], temp1i,
+		    CHARMAPLENGTH + 1);
+		charmap->output[charmap->count + 1] = temp1o;
+	} else {
+		memcpy(charmap->input[charmap->count], input, input_length);
+		charmap->output[charmap->count] = output;
 	}
-	else
-	{
-		memcpy(charmap -> input[charmap -> count], input, input_length);
-		charmap -> output[charmap -> count] = output;
-	}
-	return ++charmap -> count;
+	return ++charmap->count;
 }
 
-int 
+int
 charmap_Convert(char **input)
 {
 	struct Charmap *charmap;
@@ -152,47 +179,35 @@ charmap_Convert(char **input)
 	char *buffer;
 	int i, j, length;
 
-	if(pCurrentSection && pCurrentSection -> charmap)
-	{
-		charmap = pCurrentSection -> charmap;
-	}
-	else
-	{
+	if (pCurrentSection && pCurrentSection->charmap) {
+		charmap = pCurrentSection->charmap;
+	} else {
 		charmap = &globalCharmap;
 	}
 
-	if((buffer = (char *) malloc(strlen(*input))) == NULL)
-	{
+	if ((buffer = malloc(strlen(*input))) == NULL) {
 		fatalerror("Not enough memory for buffer");
 	}
 
 	length = 0;
-	while(**input)
-	{
+	while (**input) {
 		j = 0;
-		for(i = 0; i < charmap -> count; i++)
-		{
-			j = strlen(charmap -> input[i]);
-			if(memcmp(*input, charmap -> input[i], j) == 0)
-			{
-				outchar[0] = charmap -> output[i];
+		for (i = 0; i < charmap->count; i++) {
+			j = strlen(charmap->input[i]);
+			if (memcmp(*input, charmap->input[i], j) == 0) {
+				outchar[0] = charmap->output[i];
 				outchar[1] = 0;
 				break;
 			}
 			j = 0;
 		}
-		if(!j)
-		{
+		if (!j) {
 			j = readUTF8Char(outchar, *input);
 		}
-		if(!outchar[0])
-		{
+		if (!outchar[0]) {
 			buffer[length++] = 0;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			for(i = 0; outchar[i]; i++)
-			{
+		} else {
+			for (i = 0; outchar[i]; i++) {
 				buffer[length++] = outchar[i];
 			}
 		}
@@ -201,4 +216,3 @@ charmap_Convert(char **input)
 	*input = buffer;
 	return length;
 }
-

src/asm/fstack.c

@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ ULONG ulMacroReturnValue;
 /*
  * Context push and pop
  */
-void 
+void
 pushcontext(void)
 {
 	struct sContext **ppFileStack;
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ pushcontext(void)
 		fatalerror("No memory for context");
 }
 
-int 
+int
 popcontext(void)
 {
 	struct sContext *pLastFile, **ppLastFile;
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ popcontext(void)
 		return (1);
 }
 
-int 
+int
 yywrap(void)
 {
 	return (popcontext());
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ yywrap(void)
 /*
  * Dump the context stack to stderr
  */
-void 
+void
 fstk_Dump(void)
 {
 	struct sContext *pLastFile;
@@ -176,10 +176,18 @@ fstk_Dump(void)
 /*
  * Extra includepath stuff
  */
-void 
+void
 fstk_AddIncludePath(char *s)
 {
-	strcpy(IncludePaths[NextIncPath++], s);
+	if (NextIncPath == MAXINCPATHS) {
+		fatalerror("Too many include directories passed from command line");
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (strlcpy(IncludePaths[NextIncPath++], s, _MAX_PATH) >= _MAX_PATH) {
+		fatalerror("Include path too long '%s'",s);
+		return;
+	}
 }
 
 FILE *
@@ -194,7 +202,7 @@ fstk_FindFile(char *fname)
 	}
 
 	for (i = 0; i < NextIncPath; ++i) {
-		if (strlcpy(path, IncludePaths[i], sizeof path) >= 
+		if (strlcpy(path, IncludePaths[i], sizeof path) >=
 		    sizeof path) {
 			continue;
 		}
@@ -243,7 +251,7 @@ fstk_RunInclude(char *tzFileName)
 /*
  * Set up a macro for parsing
  */
-ULONG 
+ULONG
 fstk_RunMacro(char *s)
 {
 	struct sSymbol *sym;
@@ -270,7 +278,7 @@ fstk_RunMacro(char *s)
 /*
  * Set up a macroargument for parsing
  */
-void 
+void
 fstk_RunMacroArg(SLONG s)
 {
 	char *sym;
@@ -293,7 +301,7 @@ fstk_RunMacroArg(SLONG s)
 /*
  * Set up a stringequate for parsing
  */
-void 
+void
 fstk_RunString(char *s)
 {
 	struct sSymbol *pSym;
@@ -312,7 +320,7 @@ fstk_RunString(char *s)
 /*
  * Set up a repeat block for parsing
  */
-void 
+void
 fstk_RunRept(ULONG count)
 {
 	if (count) {
@@ -338,7 +346,9 @@ fstk_Init(char *s)
 {
 	char tzFileName[_MAX_PATH + 1];
 
-	sym_AddString("__FILE__", s);
+	char tzSymFileName[_MAX_PATH + 1 + 2];
+	snprintf(tzSymFileName, sizeof(tzSymFileName), "\"%s\"", s);
+	sym_AddString("__FILE__", tzSymFileName);
 
 	strcpy(tzFileName, s);
 	pFileStack = NULL;

src/asm/globlex.c

@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ bool oDontExpandStrings = false;
 SLONG nGBGfxID = -1;
 SLONG nBinaryID = -1;
 
-SLONG 
+SLONG
 gbgfx2bin(char ch)
 {
 	SLONG i;
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ gbgfx2bin(char ch)
 	return (0);
 }
 
-SLONG 
+SLONG
 binary2bin(char ch)
 {
 	SLONG i;
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ binary2bin(char ch)
 	return (0);
 }
 
-SLONG 
+SLONG
 char2bin(char ch)
 {
 	if (ch >= 'a' && ch <= 'f')
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ char2bin(char ch)
 
 typedef SLONG(*x2bin) (char ch);
 
-SLONG 
+SLONG
 ascii2bin(char *s)
 {
 	SLONG radix = 10;
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ ascii2bin(char *s)
 
 		while (*s != '\0') {
 			c = convertfunc(*s++);
-			result = result * 2 + ((c & 1) << 8) + ((c & 2) >> 1);
+			result = result * 2 + ((c & 2) << 7) + (c & 1);
 		}
 	} else {
 		while (*s != '\0')
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ ascii2bin(char *s)
 	return (result);
 }
 
-ULONG 
+ULONG
 ParseFixedPoint(char *s, ULONG size)
 {
 	//char dest[256];
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ ParseFixedPoint(char *s, ULONG size)
 	return (1);
 }
 
-ULONG 
+ULONG
 ParseNumber(char *s, ULONG size)
 {
 	char dest[256];
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ ParseNumber(char *s, ULONG size)
 	return (1);
 }
 
-ULONG 
+ULONG
 ParseSymbol(char *src, ULONG size)
 {
 	char dest[MAXSYMLEN + 1];
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ ParseSymbol(char *src, ULONG size)
 	}
 }
 
-ULONG 
+ULONG
 PutMacroArg(char *src, ULONG size)
 {
 	char *s;
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ PutMacroArg(char *src, ULONG size)
 	return (0);
 }
 
-ULONG 
+ULONG
 PutUniqueArg(char *src, ULONG size)
 {
 	char *s;
@@ -267,6 +267,7 @@ struct sLexInitString staticstrings[] = {
 	{"def", T_OP_DEF},
 
 	{"bank", T_OP_BANK},
+	{"align", T_OP_ALIGN},
 
 	{"round", T_OP_ROUND},
 	{"ceil", T_OP_CEIL},
@@ -281,6 +282,9 @@ struct sLexInitString staticstrings[] = {
 	{"atan", T_OP_ATAN},
 	{"atan2", T_OP_ATAN2},
 
+	{"high", T_OP_HIGH},
+	{"low", T_OP_LOW},
+
 	{"strcmp", T_OP_STRCMP},
 	{"strin", T_OP_STRIN},
 	{"strsub", T_OP_STRSUB},
@@ -301,9 +305,6 @@ struct sLexInitString staticstrings[] = {
 	{"ds", T_POP_DS},
 	{NAME_DB, T_POP_DB},
 	{NAME_DW, T_POP_DW},
-#ifdef NAME_DL
-	{NAME_DL, T_POP_DL},
-#endif
 	{"section", T_POP_SECTION},
 	{"purge", T_POP_PURGE},
 
@@ -331,22 +332,22 @@ struct sLexInitString staticstrings[] = {
 	{"endc", T_POP_ENDC},
 
 	{"wram0", T_SECT_WRAM0},
-	{"bss", T_SECT_WRAM0}, /* deprecated */
 	{"vram", T_SECT_VRAM},
-	{"code", T_SECT_ROMX}, /* deprecated */
-	{"data", T_SECT_ROMX}, /* deprecated */
 	{"romx", T_SECT_ROMX},
-	{"home", T_SECT_ROM0}, /* deprecated */
 	{"rom0", T_SECT_ROM0},
 	{"hram", T_SECT_HRAM},
 	{"wramx", T_SECT_WRAMX},
 	{"sram", T_SECT_SRAM},
+	{"oam", T_SECT_OAM},
+
+	/* Deprecated section type names */
+	{"home", T_SECT_HOME},
+	{"code", T_SECT_CODE},
+	{"data", T_SECT_DATA},
+	{"bss", T_SECT_BSS},
 
 	{NAME_RB, T_POP_RB},
 	{NAME_RW, T_POP_RW},
-#ifdef NAME_RL
-	{NAME_RL, T_POP_RL},
-#endif
 	{"equ", T_POP_EQU},
 	{"equs", T_POP_EQUS},
 
@@ -388,7 +389,7 @@ struct sLexFloat tMacroUniqueToken = {
 	T_LEX_MACROUNIQUE
 };
 
-void 
+void
 setuplex(void)
 {
 	ULONG id;

src/asm/lexer.c

@@ -39,9 +39,8 @@ ULONG tFloatingChars[256];
 ULONG nFloating;
 enum eLexerState lexerstate = LEX_STATE_NORMAL;
 
-#ifdef __GNUC__
-void 
-strupr(char *s)
+void
+upperstring(char *s)
 {
 	while (*s) {
 		*s = toupper(*s);
@@ -49,28 +48,28 @@ strupr(char *s)
 	}
 }
 
-void 
-strlwr(char *s)
+void
+lowerstring(char *s)
 {
 	while (*s) {
 		*s = tolower(*s);
 		s += 1;
 	}
 }
-#endif
-void 
+
+void
 yyskipbytes(ULONG count)
 {
 	pLexBuffer += count;
 }
 
-void 
+void
 yyunputbytes(ULONG count)
 {
 	pLexBuffer -= count;
 }
 
-void 
+void
 yyunput(char c)
 {
 	if (pLexBuffer <= pLexBufferRealStart)
@@ -79,7 +78,7 @@ yyunput(char c)
 	*(--pLexBuffer) = c;
 }
 
-void 
+void
 yyunputstr(char *s)
 {
 	int i, len;
@@ -93,26 +92,26 @@ yyunputstr(char *s)
 		*(--pLexBuffer) = s[i];
 }
 
-void 
+void
 yy_switch_to_buffer(YY_BUFFER_STATE buf)
 {
 	pCurrentBuffer = buf;
 }
 
-void 
+void
 yy_set_state(enum eLexerState i)
 {
 	lexerstate = i;
 }
 
-void 
+void
 yy_delete_buffer(YY_BUFFER_STATE buf)
 {
 	free(buf->pBufferStart - SAFETYMARGIN);
 	free(buf);
 }
 
-YY_BUFFER_STATE 
+YY_BUFFER_STATE
 yy_scan_bytes(char *mem, ULONG size)
 {
 	YY_BUFFER_STATE pBuffer;
@@ -133,7 +132,7 @@ yy_scan_bytes(char *mem, ULONG size)
 	return (NULL);
 }
 
-YY_BUFFER_STATE 
+YY_BUFFER_STATE
 yy_create_buffer(FILE * f)
 {
 	YY_BUFFER_STATE pBuffer;
@@ -220,7 +219,7 @@ lex_CheckCharacterRange(UWORD start, UWORD end)
 	}
 }
 
-void 
+void
 lex_FloatDeleteRange(ULONG id, UWORD start, UWORD end)
 {
 	lex_CheckCharacterRange(start, end);
@@ -231,7 +230,7 @@ lex_FloatDeleteRange(ULONG id, UWORD start, UWORD end)
 	}
 }
 
-void 
+void
 lex_FloatAddRange(ULONG id, UWORD start, UWORD end)
 {
 	lex_CheckCharacterRange(start, end);
@@ -242,7 +241,7 @@ lex_FloatAddRange(ULONG id, UWORD start, UWORD end)
 	}
 }
 
-void 
+void
 lex_FloatDeleteFirstRange(ULONG id, UWORD start, UWORD end)
 {
 	lex_CheckCharacterRange(start, end);
@@ -253,7 +252,7 @@ lex_FloatDeleteFirstRange(ULONG id, UWORD start, UWORD end)
 	}
 }
 
-void 
+void
 lex_FloatAddFirstRange(ULONG id, UWORD start, UWORD end)
 {
 	lex_CheckCharacterRange(start, end);
@@ -264,7 +263,7 @@ lex_FloatAddFirstRange(ULONG id, UWORD start, UWORD end)
 	}
 }
 
-void 
+void
 lex_FloatDeleteSecondRange(ULONG id, UWORD start, UWORD end)
 {
 	lex_CheckCharacterRange(start, end);
@@ -275,7 +274,7 @@ lex_FloatDeleteSecondRange(ULONG id, UWORD start, UWORD end)
 	}
 }
 
-void 
+void
 lex_FloatAddSecondRange(ULONG id, UWORD start, UWORD end)
 {
 	lex_CheckCharacterRange(start, end);
@@ -303,7 +302,7 @@ lexgetfloat(ULONG nFloatMask)
 	return (&tLexFloat[i]);
 }
 
-ULONG 
+ULONG
 lexcalchash(char *s)
 {
 	ULONG hash = 0;
@@ -315,7 +314,7 @@ lexcalchash(char *s)
 	return (hash % LEXHASHSIZE);
 }
 
-void 
+void
 lex_Init(void)
 {
 	ULONG i;
@@ -334,7 +333,7 @@ lex_Init(void)
 	nFloating = 0;
 }
 
-void 
+void
 lex_AddStrings(struct sLexInitString * lex)
 {
 	while (lex->tzName) {
@@ -352,7 +351,7 @@ lex_AddStrings(struct sLexInitString * lex)
 				(*ppHash)->nToken = lex->nToken;
 				(*ppHash)->pNext = NULL;
 
-				strupr((*ppHash)->tzName);
+				upperstring((*ppHash)->tzName);
 
 				if ((*ppHash)->nNameLength > nLexMaxLength)
 					nLexMaxLength = (*ppHash)->nNameLength;
@@ -436,10 +435,10 @@ yylex_GetLongestFixed()
 size_t
 CopyMacroArg(char *dest, size_t maxLength, char c)
 {
-	int i;
+	size_t i;
 	char *s;
 	int argNum;
-	
+
 	switch (c) {
 	case '1':
 	case '2':
@@ -566,6 +565,15 @@ yylex_ReadQuotedString()
 			case '"':
 				ch = '"';
 				break;
+			case ',':
+				ch = ',';
+				break;
+			case '{':
+				ch = '{';
+				break;
+			case '}':
+				ch = '}';
+				break;
 			default:
 				maxLength = MAXSTRLEN - index;
 				length = CopyMacroArg(&yylval.tzString[index], maxLength, ch);
@@ -699,6 +707,15 @@ yylex_MACROARGS()
 			case '\\':
 				ch = '\\';
 				break;
+			case ',':
+				ch = ',';
+				break;
+			case '{':
+				ch = '{';
+				break;
+			case '}':
+				ch = '}';
+				break;
 			default:
 				maxLength = MAXSTRLEN - index;
 				length = CopyMacroArg(&yylval.tzString[index], maxLength, ch);
@@ -707,7 +724,7 @@ yylex_MACROARGS()
 					index += length;
 				else
 					fatalerror("Illegal character escape '%c'", ch);
-				
+
 				ch = 0;
 				break;
 			}
@@ -740,7 +757,7 @@ yylex_MACROARGS()
 	return 0;
 }
 
-ULONG 
+ULONG
 yylex(void)
 {
 	switch (lexerstate) {

src/asm/locallex.c

@@ -17,7 +17,6 @@ struct sLexInitString localstrings[] = {
 	{"dec", T_Z80_DEC},
 	{"di", T_Z80_DI},
 	{"ei", T_Z80_EI},
-	{"ex", T_Z80_EX},
 	{"halt", T_Z80_HALT},
 	{"inc", T_Z80_INC},
 	{"jp", T_Z80_JP},
@@ -60,30 +59,31 @@ struct sLexInitString localstrings[] = {
 	{"nz", T_CC_NZ},
 	{"z", T_CC_Z},
 	{"nc", T_CC_NC},
-	/* { "c", T_MODE_C }, */
+	/* { "c", T_TOKEN_C }, */
 
+	{"[bc]", T_MODE_BC_IND},
+	{"[de]", T_MODE_DE_IND},
 	{"[hl]", T_MODE_HL_IND},
 	{"[hl+]", T_MODE_HL_INDINC},
 	{"[hl-]", T_MODE_HL_INDDEC},
 	{"[hli]", T_MODE_HL_INDINC},
 	{"[hld]", T_MODE_HL_INDDEC},
-	{"hl", T_MODE_HL},
-	{"af", T_MODE_AF},
-	{"[bc]", T_MODE_BC_IND},
-	{"bc", T_MODE_BC},
-	{"[de]", T_MODE_DE_IND},
-	{"de", T_MODE_DE},
 	{"[sp]", T_MODE_SP_IND},
+	{"af", T_MODE_AF},
+	{"bc", T_MODE_BC},
+	{"de", T_MODE_DE},
+	{"hl", T_MODE_HL},
 	{"sp", T_MODE_SP},
-	{"a", T_MODE_A},
-	{"b", T_MODE_B},
-	{"[$ff00+c]", T_MODE_C_IND},
 	{"[c]", T_MODE_C_IND},
-	{"c", T_MODE_C},
-	{"d", T_MODE_D},
-	{"e", T_MODE_E},
-	{"h", T_MODE_H},
-	{"l", T_MODE_L},
+	{"[$ff00+c]", T_MODE_C_IND},
+
+	{"a", T_TOKEN_A},
+	{"b", T_TOKEN_B},
+	{"c", T_TOKEN_C},
+	{"d", T_TOKEN_D},
+	{"e", T_TOKEN_E},
+	{"h", T_TOKEN_H},
+	{"l", T_TOKEN_L},
 
 	{NULL, 0}
 };

src/asm/main.c

@@ -20,8 +20,6 @@ int cldefines_index;
 int cldefines_size;
 char **cldefines;
 
-char *progname;
-
 clock_t nStartClock, nEndClock;
 SLONG nLineNo;
 ULONG nTotalLines, nPass, nPC, nIFDepth, nErrors;
@@ -42,7 +40,7 @@ struct sOptionStackEntry {
 
 struct sOptionStackEntry *pOptionStack = NULL;
 
-void 
+void
 opt_SetCurrentOptions(struct sOptions * pOpt)
 {
 	if (nGBGfxID != -1) {
@@ -105,7 +103,7 @@ opt_SetCurrentOptions(struct sOptions * pOpt)
 	}
 }
 
-void 
+void
 opt_Parse(char *s)
 {
 	struct sOptions newopt;
@@ -154,7 +152,7 @@ opt_Parse(char *s)
 	opt_SetCurrentOptions(&newopt);
 }
 
-void 
+void
 opt_Push(void)
 {
 	struct sOptionStackEntry *pOpt;
@@ -167,7 +165,7 @@ opt_Push(void)
 		fatalerror("No memory for option stack");
 }
 
-void 
+void
 opt_Pop(void)
 {
 	if (pOptionStack) {
@@ -226,15 +224,15 @@ opt_ParseDefines()
 void
 verror(const char *fmt, va_list args)
 {
-	fprintf(stderr, "ERROR:\t");
+	fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: ");
 	fstk_Dump();
-	fprintf(stderr, " :\n\t");
+	fprintf(stderr, ":\n\t");
 	vfprintf(stderr, fmt, args);
 	fprintf(stderr, "\n");
 	nErrors += 1;
 }
 
-void 
+void
 yyerror(const char *fmt, ...)
 {
 	va_list args;
@@ -243,7 +241,7 @@ yyerror(const char *fmt, ...)
 	va_end(args);
 }
 
-void 
+void
 fatalerror(const char *fmt, ...)
 {
 	va_list args;
@@ -253,16 +251,34 @@ fatalerror(const char *fmt, ...)
 	exit(5);
 }
 
-static void 
+void
+warning(const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+	if (!CurrentOptions.warnings)
+		return;
+
+	va_list args;
+	va_start(args, fmt);
+
+	fprintf(stderr, "warning: ");
+	fstk_Dump();
+	fprintf(stderr, ":\n\t");
+	vfprintf(stderr, fmt, args);
+	fprintf(stderr, "\n");
+
+	va_end(args);
+}
+
+static void
 usage(void)
 {
 	printf(
-"Usage: rgbasm [-hv] [-b chars] [-Dname[=value]] [-g chars] [-i path]\n"
+"Usage: rgbasm [-hvE] [-b chars] [-Dname[=value]] [-g chars] [-i path]\n"
 "              [-o outfile] [-p pad_value] file.asm\n");
 	exit(1);
 }
 
-int 
+int
 main(int argc, char *argv[])
 {
 	int ch;
@@ -283,8 +299,6 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
 	if (argc == 1)
 		usage();
 
-	progname = argv[0];
-
 	/* yydebug=1; */
 
 	DefaultOptions.gbgfx[0] = '0';
@@ -296,12 +310,14 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
 	DefaultOptions.fillchar = 0;
 	DefaultOptions.verbose = false;
 	DefaultOptions.haltnop = true;
+	DefaultOptions.exportall = false;
+	DefaultOptions.warnings = true;
 
 	opt_SetCurrentOptions(&DefaultOptions);
 
 	newopt = CurrentOptions;
 
-	while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "b:D:g:hi:o:p:v")) != -1) {
+	while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "b:D:g:hi:o:p:vEw")) != -1) {
 		switch (ch) {
 		case 'b':
 			if (strlen(optarg) == 2) {
@@ -348,6 +364,12 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
 		case 'v':
 			newopt.verbose = true;
 			break;
+		case 'E':
+			newopt.exportall = true;
+			break;
+		case 'w':
+			newopt.warnings = false;
+			break;
 		default:
 			usage();
 		}
@@ -379,6 +401,7 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
 	nPass = 1;
 	nErrors = 0;
 	sym_PrepPass1();
+	sym_SetExportAll(CurrentOptions.exportall);
 	fstk_Init(tzMainfile);
 	opt_ParseDefines();
 

src/asm/math.c

@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
 /*
  * Define the _PI symbol
  */
-void 
+void
 math_DefinePI(void)
 {
 	sym_AddEqu("_PI", double2fix(PI));
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ math_DefinePI(void)
 /*
  * Print a fixed point value
  */
-void 
+void
 math_Print(SLONG i)
 {
 	if (i >= 0)
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ math_Print(SLONG i)
 /*
  * Calculate sine
  */
-SLONG 
+SLONG
 math_Sin(SLONG i)
 {
 	return (double2fix(sin(fix2double(i) * 2 * PI / 65536)));
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ math_Sin(SLONG i)
 /*
  * Calculate cosine
  */
-SLONG 
+SLONG
 math_Cos(SLONG i)
 {
 	return (double2fix(cos(fix2double(i) * 2 * PI / 65536)));
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ math_Cos(SLONG i)
 /*
  * Calculate tangent
  */
-SLONG 
+SLONG
 math_Tan(SLONG i)
 {
 	return (double2fix(tan(fix2double(i) * 2 * PI / 65536)));
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ math_Tan(SLONG i)
 /*
  * Calculate arcsine
  */
-SLONG 
+SLONG
 math_ASin(SLONG i)
 {
 	return (double2fix(asin(fix2double(i)) / 2 / PI * 65536));
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ math_ASin(SLONG i)
 /*
  * Calculate arccosine
  */
-SLONG 
+SLONG
 math_ACos(SLONG i)
 {
 	return (double2fix(acos(fix2double(i)) / 2 / PI * 65536));
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ math_ACos(SLONG i)
 /*
  * Calculate arctangent
  */
-SLONG 
+SLONG
 math_ATan(SLONG i)
 {
 	return (double2fix(atan(fix2double(i)) / 2 / PI * 65536));
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ math_ATan(SLONG i)
 /*
  * Calculate atan2
  */
-SLONG 
+SLONG
 math_ATan2(SLONG i, SLONG j)
 {
 	return (double2fix
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ math_ATan2(SLONG i, SLONG j)
 /*
  * Multiplication
  */
-SLONG 
+SLONG
 math_Mul(SLONG i, SLONG j)
 {
 	return (double2fix(fix2double(i) * fix2double(j)));
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ math_Mul(SLONG i, SLONG j)
 /*
  * Division
  */
-SLONG 
+SLONG
 math_Div(SLONG i, SLONG j)
 {
 	return (double2fix(fix2double(i) / fix2double(j)));
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ math_Div(SLONG i, SLONG j)
 /*
  * Round
  */
-SLONG 
+SLONG
 math_Round(SLONG i)
 {
 	return double2fix(round(fix2double(i)));
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ math_Round(SLONG i)
 /*
  * Ceil
  */
-SLONG 
+SLONG
 math_Ceil(SLONG i)
 {
 	return double2fix(ceil(fix2double(i)));
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ math_Ceil(SLONG i)
 /*
  * Floor
  */
-SLONG 
+SLONG
 math_Floor(SLONG i)
 {
 	return double2fix(floor(fix2double(i)));

src/asm/output.c

@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ struct SectionStackEntry *pSectionStack = NULL;
 /*
  * Section stack routines
  */
-void 
+void
 out_PushSection(void)
 {
 	struct SectionStackEntry *pSect;
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ out_PushSection(void)
 		fatalerror("No memory for section stack");
 }
 
-void 
+void
 out_PopSection(void)
 {
 	if (pSectionStack) {
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ out_PopSection(void)
 /*
  * Count the number of symbols used in this object
  */
-ULONG 
+ULONG
 countsymbols(void)
 {
 	struct PatchSymbol *pSym;
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ countsymbols(void)
 /*
  * Count the number of sections used in this object
  */
-ULONG 
+ULONG
 countsections(void)
 {
 	struct Section *pSect;
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ countsections(void)
 /*
  * Count the number of patches used in this object
  */
-ULONG 
+ULONG
 countpatches(struct Section * pSect)
 {
 	struct Patch *pPatch;
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ countpatches(struct Section * pSect)
 /*
  * Write a long to a file (little-endian)
  */
-void 
+void
 fputlong(ULONG i, FILE * f)
 {
 	fputc(i, f);
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ fputlong(ULONG i, FILE * f)
 /*
  * Write a NULL-terminated string to a file
  */
-void 
+void
 fputstring(char *s, FILE * f)
 {
 	while (*s)
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ fputstring(char *s, FILE * f)
 /*
  * Return a section's ID
  */
-ULONG 
+ULONG
 getsectid(struct Section * pSect)
 {
 	struct Section *sec;
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ getsectid(struct Section * pSect)
 /*
  * Write a patch to a file
  */
-void 
+void
 writepatch(struct Patch * pPatch, FILE * f)
 {
 	fputstring(pPatch->tzFilename, f);
@@ -198,20 +198,20 @@ writepatch(struct Patch * pPatch, FILE * f)
 /*
  * Write a section to a file
  */
-void 
+void
 writesection(struct Section * pSect, FILE * f)
 {
-	//printf("SECTION: %s, ID: %d\n", pSect->pzName, getsectid(pSect));
+	fputstring(pSect->pzName, f);
 
 	fputlong(pSect->nPC, f);
+
 	fputc(pSect->nType, f);
+
 	fputlong(pSect->nOrg, f);
-	//RGB1 addition
+	fputlong(pSect->nBank, f);
+	fputlong(pSect->nAlign, f);
 
-	    fputlong(pSect->nBank, f);
-	//RGB1 addition
-
-	    if ((pSect->nType == SECT_ROM0)
+	if ((pSect->nType == SECT_ROM0)
 	    || (pSect->nType == SECT_ROMX)) {
 		struct Patch *pPatch;
 
@@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ writesection(struct Section * pSect, FILE * f)
 /*
  * Write a symbol to a file
  */
-void 
+void
 writesymbol(struct sSymbol * pSym, FILE * f)
 {
 	char symname[MAXSYMLEN * 2 + 1];
@@ -243,25 +243,27 @@ writesymbol(struct sSymbol * pSym, FILE * f)
 		offset = 0;
 		sectid = -1;
 		type = SYM_IMPORT;
-	} else if (pSym->nType & SYMF_EXPORT) {
-		/* Symbol should be exported */
-		strcpy(symname, pSym->tzName);
-		type = SYM_EXPORT;
-		offset = pSym->nValue;
-		if (pSym->nType & SYMF_CONST)
-			sectid = -1;
-		else
-			sectid = getsectid(pSym->pSection);
 	} else {
-		/* Symbol is local to this file */
 		if (pSym->nType & SYMF_LOCAL) {
 			strcpy(symname, pSym->pScope->tzName);
 			strcat(symname, pSym->tzName);
 		} else
 			strcpy(symname, pSym->tzName);
-		type = SYM_LOCAL;
-		offset = pSym->nValue;
-		sectid = getsectid(pSym->pSection);
+
+		if (pSym->nType & SYMF_EXPORT) {
+			/* Symbol should be exported */
+			type = SYM_EXPORT;
+			offset = pSym->nValue;
+			if (pSym->nType & SYMF_CONST)
+				sectid = -1;
+			else
+				sectid = getsectid(pSym->pSection);
+		} else {
+			/* Symbol is local to this file */
+			type = SYM_LOCAL;
+			offset = pSym->nValue;
+			sectid = getsectid(pSym->pSection);
+		}
 	}
 
 	fputstring(symname, f);
@@ -276,7 +278,7 @@ writesymbol(struct sSymbol * pSym, FILE * f)
 /*
  * Add a symbol to the object
  */
-ULONG 
+ULONG
 addsymbol(struct sSymbol * pSym)
 {
 	struct PatchSymbol *pPSym, **ppPSym;
@@ -309,7 +311,7 @@ addsymbol(struct sSymbol * pSym)
 /*
  * Add all exported symbols to the object
  */
-void 
+void
 addexports(void)
 {
 	int i;
@@ -349,7 +351,7 @@ allocpatch(void)
 /*
  * Create a new patch (includes the rpn expr)
  */
-void 
+void
 createpatch(ULONG type, struct Expression * expr)
 {
 	struct Patch *pPatch;
@@ -425,7 +427,7 @@ createpatch(ULONG type, struct Expression * expr)
 /*
  * A quick check to see if we have an initialized section
  */
-void 
+void
 checksection(void)
 {
 	if (pCurrentSection)
@@ -438,7 +440,7 @@ checksection(void)
  * A quick check to see if we have an initialized section that can contain
  * this much initialized data
  */
-void 
+void
 checkcodesection(SLONG size)
 {
 	checksection();
@@ -476,7 +478,7 @@ checkcodesection(SLONG size)
 /*
  * Write an objectfile
  */
-void 
+void
 out_WriteObject(void)
 {
 	FILE *f;
@@ -487,7 +489,7 @@ out_WriteObject(void)
 		struct PatchSymbol *pSym;
 		struct Section *pSect;
 
-		fwrite("RGB2", 1, 4, f);
+		fwrite("RGB4", 1, 4, f);
 		fputlong(countsymbols(), f);
 		fputlong(countsections(), f);
 
@@ -510,7 +512,7 @@ out_WriteObject(void)
 /*
  * Prepare for pass #2
  */
-void 
+void
 out_PrepPass2(void)
 {
 	struct Section *pSect;
@@ -527,7 +529,7 @@ out_PrepPass2(void)
 /*
  * Set the objectfilename
  */
-void 
+void
 out_SetFileName(char *s)
 {
 	tzObjectname = s;
@@ -543,7 +545,7 @@ out_SetFileName(char *s)
  * Find a section by name and type.  If it doesn't exist, create it
  */
 struct Section *
-out_FindSection(char *pzName, ULONG secttype, SLONG org, SLONG bank)
+out_FindSection(char *pzName, ULONG secttype, SLONG org, SLONG bank, SLONG alignment)
 {
 	struct Section *pSect, **ppSect;
 
@@ -554,7 +556,8 @@ out_FindSection(char *pzName, ULONG secttype, SLONG org, SLONG bank)
 		if (strcmp(pzName, pSect->pzName) == 0) {
 			if (secttype == pSect->nType
 			    && ((ULONG) org) == pSect->nOrg
-			    && ((ULONG) bank) == pSect->nBank) {
+			    && ((ULONG) bank) == pSect->nBank
+			    && ((ULONG) alignment == pSect->nAlign)) {
 				return (pSect);
 			} else
 				fatalerror
@@ -571,6 +574,7 @@ out_FindSection(char *pzName, ULONG secttype, SLONG org, SLONG bank)
 			pSect->nPC = 0;
 			pSect->nOrg = org;
 			pSect->nBank = bank;
+			pSect->nAlign = alignment;
 			pSect->pNext = NULL;
 			pSect->pPatches = NULL;
 			pSect->charmap = NULL;
@@ -591,7 +595,7 @@ out_FindSection(char *pzName, ULONG secttype, SLONG org, SLONG bank)
 /*
  * Set the current section
  */
-void 
+void
 out_SetCurrentSection(struct Section * pSect)
 {
 	pCurrentSection = pSect;
@@ -604,25 +608,37 @@ out_SetCurrentSection(struct Section * pSect)
 /*
  * Set the current section by name and type
  */
-void 
+void
 out_NewSection(char *pzName, ULONG secttype)
 {
-	out_SetCurrentSection(out_FindSection(pzName, secttype, -1, -1));
+	out_SetCurrentSection(out_FindSection(pzName, secttype, -1, -1, 1));
 }
 
 /*
  * Set the current section by name and type
  */
-void 
+void
 out_NewAbsSection(char *pzName, ULONG secttype, SLONG org, SLONG bank)
 {
-	out_SetCurrentSection(out_FindSection(pzName, secttype, org, bank));
+	out_SetCurrentSection(out_FindSection(pzName, secttype, org, bank, 1));
+}
+
+/*
+ * Set the current section by name and type, using a given byte alignment
+ */
+void
+out_NewAlignedSection(char *pzName, ULONG secttype, SLONG alignment, SLONG bank)
+{
+	if (alignment < 0 || alignment > 16) {
+		yyerror("Alignment must be between 0-16 bits.");
+	}
+	out_SetCurrentSection(out_FindSection(pzName, secttype, -1, bank, 1 << alignment));
 }
 
 /*
  * Output an absolute byte
  */
-void 
+void
 out_AbsByte(int b)
 {
 	checkcodesection(1);
@@ -635,7 +651,7 @@ out_AbsByte(int b)
 	pPCSymbol->nValue += 1;
 }
 
-void 
+void
 out_AbsByteGroup(char *s, int length)
 {
 	checkcodesection(length);
@@ -646,7 +662,7 @@ out_AbsByteGroup(char *s, int length)
 /*
  * Skip this many bytes
  */
-void 
+void
 out_Skip(int skip)
 {
 	checksection();
@@ -665,7 +681,7 @@ out_Skip(int skip)
 /*
  * Output a NULL terminated string (excluding the NULL-character)
  */
-void 
+void
 out_String(char *s)
 {
 	checkcodesection(strlen(s));
@@ -678,7 +694,7 @@ out_String(char *s)
  * is an absolute value in disguise.
  */
 
-void 
+void
 out_RelByte(struct Expression * expr)
 {
 	checkcodesection(1);
@@ -699,7 +715,7 @@ out_RelByte(struct Expression * expr)
 /*
  * Output an absolute word
  */
-void 
+void
 out_AbsWord(int b)
 {
 	checkcodesection(2);
@@ -717,7 +733,7 @@ out_AbsWord(int b)
  * Output a relocatable word.  Checking will be done to see if
  * it's an absolute value in disguise.
  */
-void 
+void
 out_RelWord(struct Expression * expr)
 {
 	ULONG b;
@@ -741,7 +757,7 @@ out_RelWord(struct Expression * expr)
 /*
  * Output an absolute longword
  */
-void 
+void
 out_AbsLong(SLONG b)
 {
 	checkcodesection(sizeof(SLONG));
@@ -760,7 +776,7 @@ out_AbsLong(SLONG b)
  * Output a relocatable longword.  Checking will be done to see if
  * is an absolute value in disguise.
  */
-void 
+void
 out_RelLong(struct Expression * expr)
 {
 	SLONG b;
@@ -786,7 +802,7 @@ out_RelLong(struct Expression * expr)
 /*
  * Output a PC-relative byte
  */
-void 
+void
 out_PCRelByte(struct Expression * expr)
 {
 	SLONG b = expr->nVal;
@@ -803,7 +819,7 @@ out_PCRelByte(struct Expression * expr)
 /*
  * Output a binary file
  */
-void 
+void
 out_BinaryFile(char *s)
 {
 	FILE *f;
@@ -834,7 +850,7 @@ out_BinaryFile(char *s)
 	fclose(f);
 }
 
-void 
+void
 out_BinaryFileSlice(char *s, SLONG start_pos, SLONG length)
 {
 	FILE *f;

src/asm/rgbasm.1

@@ -1,4 +1,18 @@
-.Dd February 26, 2015
+.\" Copyright © 2010 Anthony J. Bentley <anthony@anjbe.name>
+.\"
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.Dd April 17, 2017
 .Dt RGBASM 1
 .Os RGBDS Manual
 .Sh NAME
@@ -6,7 +20,7 @@
 .Nd Game Boy assembler
 .Sh SYNOPSIS
 .Nm rgbasm
-.Op Fl hv
+.Op Fl Ehvw
 .Op Fl b Ar chars
 .Op Fl D Ar name Ns Op = Ns Ar value
 .Op Fl g Ar chars
@@ -29,6 +43,8 @@ Add string symbol to the compiled source code. This is equivalent to
 .Cm EQUS
 .Qq Ar "value"
 in code. If a value is not specified, a value of 1 is given.
+.It Fl E
+Export all labels, including unreferenced and local labels.
 .It Fl g Ar chars
 Change the four characters used for binary constants.
 The defaults are 0123.
@@ -52,6 +68,8 @@ When padding an image, pad with this value.
 The default is 0x00.
 .It Fl v
 Be verbose.
+.It Fl w
+Disable warning output.
 .El
 .Sh EXAMPLES
 Assembling a basic source file is simple:
@@ -64,10 +82,16 @@ run through
 and
 .Xr rgbfix 1 .
 .Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr rgbasm 5 ,
 .Xr rgbfix 1 ,
 .Xr rgblink 1 ,
-.Xr rgbds 7
+.Xr rgbds 5 ,
+.Xr rgbds 7 ,
+.Xr gbz80 7
+.Pp
+.Lk https://rednex.github.io/rgbds/asm.htm rgbasm assembly commands
 .Sh HISTORY
 .Nm
 was originally written by Carsten S\(/orensen as part of the ASMotor package,
-and was later packaged in RGBDS by Justin Lloyd.
+and was later packaged in RGBDS by Justin Lloyd. It is now maintained by a
+number of contributors at https://github.com/rednex/rgbds.

src/asm/rpn.c

@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
 #include "asm/main.h"
 #include "asm/rpn.h"
 
-void 
+void
 mergetwoexpressions(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
     struct Expression * src2)
 {
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ mergetwoexpressions(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
 /*
  * Add a byte to the RPN expression
  */
-void 
+void
 pushbyte(struct Expression * expr, int b)
 {
 	expr->tRPN[expr->nRPNLength++] = b & 0xFF;
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ pushbyte(struct Expression * expr, int b)
 /*
  * Reset the RPN module
  */
-void 
+void
 rpn_Reset(struct Expression * expr)
 {
 	expr->nRPNLength = expr->nRPNOut = expr->isReloc = expr->isPCRel = 0;
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ rpn_Reset(struct Expression * expr)
 /*
  * Returns the next rpn byte in expression
  */
-UWORD 
+UWORD
 rpn_PopByte(struct Expression * expr)
 {
 	if (expr->nRPNOut == expr->nRPNLength) {
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ rpn_PopByte(struct Expression * expr)
 /*
  * Determine if the current expression is relocatable
  */
-ULONG 
+ULONG
 rpn_isReloc(struct Expression * expr)
 {
 	return (expr->isReloc);
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ rpn_isReloc(struct Expression * expr)
 /*
  * Determine if the current expression can be pc-relative
  */
-ULONG 
+ULONG
 rpn_isPCRelative(struct Expression * expr)
 {
 	return (expr->isPCRel);
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ rpn_isPCRelative(struct Expression * expr)
 /*
  * Add symbols, constants and operators to expression
  */
-void 
+void
 rpn_Number(struct Expression * expr, ULONG i)
 {
 	rpn_Reset(expr);
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ rpn_Number(struct Expression * expr, ULONG i)
 	expr->nVal = i;
 }
 
-void 
+void
 rpn_Symbol(struct Expression * expr, char *tzSym)
 {
 	if (!sym_isConstant(tzSym)) {
@@ -110,18 +110,15 @@ rpn_Symbol(struct Expression * expr, char *tzSym)
 		rpn_Number(expr, sym_GetConstantValue(tzSym));
 }
 
-void 
+void
 rpn_Bank(struct Expression * expr, char *tzSym)
 {
 	if (!sym_isConstant(tzSym)) {
-		struct sSymbol *psym;
-
 		rpn_Reset(expr);
 
-		psym = sym_FindSymbol(tzSym);
-		if (nPass == 2 && psym == NULL) {
-			yyerror("'%s' not defined", tzSym);
-		}
+		/* Check that the symbol exists by evaluating and discarding the value. */
+		sym_GetValue(tzSym);
+
 		expr->isReloc = 1;
 		pushbyte(expr, RPN_BANK);
 		while (*tzSym)
@@ -131,43 +128,21 @@ rpn_Bank(struct Expression * expr, char *tzSym)
 		yyerror("BANK argument must be a relocatable identifier");
 }
 
-int 
-rpn_RangeCheck(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src, SLONG low,
-    SLONG high)
-{
-	*expr = *src;
-
-	if (rpn_isReloc(src)) {
-		pushbyte(expr, RPN_RANGECHECK);
-		pushbyte(expr, low);
-		pushbyte(expr, low >> 8);
-		pushbyte(expr, low >> 16);
-		pushbyte(expr, low >> 24);
-		pushbyte(expr, high);
-		pushbyte(expr, high >> 8);
-		pushbyte(expr, high >> 16);
-		pushbyte(expr, high >> 24);
-		return (1);
-	} else {
-		return (expr->nVal >= low && expr->nVal <= high);
-	}
-}
-
-void 
+void
 rpn_CheckHRAM(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src)
 {
 	*expr = *src;
 	pushbyte(expr, RPN_HRAM);
 }
 
-void 
+void
 rpn_LOGNOT(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src)
 {
 	*expr = *src;
 	pushbyte(expr, RPN_LOGUNNOT);
 }
 
-void 
+void
 rpn_LOGOR(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
     struct Expression * src2)
 {
@@ -176,7 +151,7 @@ rpn_LOGOR(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
 	pushbyte(expr, RPN_LOGOR);
 }
 
-void 
+void
 rpn_LOGAND(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
     struct Expression * src2)
 {
@@ -185,7 +160,47 @@ rpn_LOGAND(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
 	pushbyte(expr, RPN_LOGAND);
 }
 
-void 
+void
+rpn_HIGH(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src)
+{
+	*expr = *src;
+
+	expr->nVal = (expr->nVal >> 8) & 0xFF;
+
+	pushbyte(expr, RPN_CONST);
+	pushbyte(expr, 8);
+	pushbyte(expr, 0);
+	pushbyte(expr, 0);
+	pushbyte(expr, 0);
+
+	pushbyte(expr, RPN_SHR);
+
+	pushbyte(expr, RPN_CONST);
+	pushbyte(expr, 0xFF);
+	pushbyte(expr, 0);
+	pushbyte(expr, 0);
+	pushbyte(expr, 0);
+
+	pushbyte(expr, RPN_AND);
+}
+
+void
+rpn_LOW(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src)
+{
+	*expr = *src;
+
+	expr->nVal = expr->nVal & 0xFF;
+
+	pushbyte(expr, RPN_CONST);
+	pushbyte(expr, 0xFF);
+	pushbyte(expr, 0);
+	pushbyte(expr, 0);
+	pushbyte(expr, 0);
+
+	pushbyte(expr, RPN_AND);
+}
+
+void
 rpn_LOGEQU(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
     struct Expression * src2)
 {
@@ -194,7 +209,7 @@ rpn_LOGEQU(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
 	pushbyte(expr, RPN_LOGEQ);
 }
 
-void 
+void
 rpn_LOGGT(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
     struct Expression * src2)
 {
@@ -203,7 +218,7 @@ rpn_LOGGT(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
 	pushbyte(expr, RPN_LOGGT);
 }
 
-void 
+void
 rpn_LOGLT(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
     struct Expression * src2)
 {
@@ -212,7 +227,7 @@ rpn_LOGLT(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
 	pushbyte(expr, RPN_LOGLT);
 }
 
-void 
+void
 rpn_LOGGE(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
     struct Expression * src2)
 {
@@ -221,7 +236,7 @@ rpn_LOGGE(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
 	pushbyte(expr, RPN_LOGGE);
 }
 
-void 
+void
 rpn_LOGLE(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
     struct Expression * src2)
 {
@@ -230,7 +245,7 @@ rpn_LOGLE(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
 	pushbyte(expr, RPN_LOGLE);
 }
 
-void 
+void
 rpn_LOGNE(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
     struct Expression * src2)
 {
@@ -239,7 +254,7 @@ rpn_LOGNE(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
 	pushbyte(expr, RPN_LOGNE);
 }
 
-void 
+void
 rpn_ADD(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
     struct Expression * src2)
 {
@@ -248,7 +263,7 @@ rpn_ADD(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
 	pushbyte(expr, RPN_ADD);
 }
 
-void 
+void
 rpn_SUB(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
     struct Expression * src2)
 {
@@ -257,7 +272,7 @@ rpn_SUB(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
 	pushbyte(expr, RPN_SUB);
 }
 
-void 
+void
 rpn_XOR(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
     struct Expression * src2)
 {
@@ -266,7 +281,7 @@ rpn_XOR(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
 	pushbyte(expr, RPN_XOR);
 }
 
-void 
+void
 rpn_OR(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
     struct Expression * src2)
 {
@@ -275,7 +290,7 @@ rpn_OR(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
 	pushbyte(expr, RPN_OR);
 }
 
-void 
+void
 rpn_AND(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
     struct Expression * src2)
 {
@@ -284,7 +299,7 @@ rpn_AND(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
 	pushbyte(expr, RPN_AND);
 }
 
-void 
+void
 rpn_SHL(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
     struct Expression * src2)
 {
@@ -293,7 +308,7 @@ rpn_SHL(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
 	pushbyte(expr, RPN_SHL);
 }
 
-void 
+void
 rpn_SHR(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
     struct Expression * src2)
 {
@@ -302,7 +317,7 @@ rpn_SHR(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
 	pushbyte(expr, RPN_SHR);
 }
 
-void 
+void
 rpn_MUL(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
     struct Expression * src2)
 {
@@ -311,25 +326,31 @@ rpn_MUL(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
 	pushbyte(expr, RPN_MUL);
 }
 
-void 
+void
 rpn_DIV(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
     struct Expression * src2)
 {
 	joinexpr();
+	if (src2->nVal == 0) {
+		fatalerror("division by zero");
+	}
 	expr->nVal = (expr->nVal / src2->nVal);
 	pushbyte(expr, RPN_DIV);
 }
 
-void 
+void
 rpn_MOD(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
     struct Expression * src2)
 {
 	joinexpr();
+	if (src2->nVal == 0) {
+		fatalerror("division by zero");
+	}
 	expr->nVal = (expr->nVal % src2->nVal);
 	pushbyte(expr, RPN_MOD);
 }
 
-void 
+void
 rpn_UNNEG(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src)
 {
 	*expr = *src;
@@ -337,7 +358,7 @@ rpn_UNNEG(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src)
 	pushbyte(expr, RPN_UNSUB);
 }
 
-void 
+void
 rpn_UNNOT(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src)
 {
 	*expr = *src;

src/asm/symbol.c

@@ -12,6 +12,7 @@
 #include "asm/main.h"
 #include "asm/mymath.h"
 #include "asm/output.h"
+#include "extern/err.h"
 
 struct sSymbol *tHashedSymbols[HASHSIZE];
 struct sSymbol *pScope = NULL;
@@ -21,8 +22,11 @@ char *currentmacroargs[MAXMACROARGS + 1];
 char *newmacroargs[MAXMACROARGS + 1];
 char SavedTIME[256];
 char SavedDATE[256];
+char SavedTIMESTAMP_ISO8601_LOCAL[256];
+char SavedTIMESTAMP_ISO8601_UTC[256];
+bool exportall;
 
-SLONG 
+SLONG
 Callback_NARG(struct sSymbol * sym)
 {
 	ULONG i = 0;
@@ -36,7 +40,7 @@ Callback_NARG(struct sSymbol * sym)
 /*
  * Get the nValue field of a symbol
  */
-SLONG 
+SLONG
 getvaluefield(struct sSymbol * sym)
 {
 	if (sym->Callback) {
@@ -48,7 +52,7 @@ getvaluefield(struct sSymbol * sym)
 /*
  * Calculate the hash value for a string
  */
-ULONG 
+ULONG
 calchash(char *s)
 {
 	ULONG hash = 5381;
@@ -152,7 +156,7 @@ sym_FindSymbol(char *tzName)
 /*
  * Purge a symbol
  */
-void 
+void
 sym_Purge(char *tzName)
 {
 	struct sSymbol **ppSym;
@@ -183,7 +187,7 @@ sym_Purge(char *tzName)
 /*
  * Determine if a symbol has been defined
  */
-ULONG 
+ULONG
 sym_isConstDefined(char *tzName)
 {
 	struct sSymbol *psym, *pscope;
@@ -207,7 +211,7 @@ sym_isConstDefined(char *tzName)
 	return (0);
 }
 
-ULONG 
+ULONG
 sym_isDefined(char *tzName)
 {
 	struct sSymbol *psym, *pscope;
@@ -228,7 +232,7 @@ sym_isDefined(char *tzName)
 /*
  * Determine if the symbol is a constant
  */
-ULONG 
+ULONG
 sym_isConstant(char *s)
 {
 	struct sSymbol *psym, *pscope;
@@ -265,7 +269,7 @@ sym_GetStringValue(char *tzSym)
 /*
  * Return a constant symbols value
  */
-ULONG 
+ULONG
 sym_GetConstantValue(char *s)
 {
 	struct sSymbol *psym, *pscope;
@@ -291,7 +295,7 @@ sym_GetConstantValue(char *s)
 /*
  * Return a symbols value... "estimated" if not defined yet
  */
-ULONG 
+ULONG
 sym_GetValue(char *s)
 {
 	struct sSymbol *psym, *pscope;
@@ -330,7 +334,7 @@ sym_GetValue(char *s)
 /*
  * Return a defined symbols value... aborts if not defined yet
  */
-ULONG 
+ULONG
 sym_GetDefinedValue(char *s)
 {
 	struct sSymbol *psym, *pscope;
@@ -359,7 +363,7 @@ sym_GetDefinedValue(char *s)
 /*
  * Macro argument stuff
  */
-void 
+void
 sym_ShiftCurrentMacroArgs(void)
 {
 	SLONG i;
@@ -377,12 +381,13 @@ sym_FindMacroArg(SLONG i)
 	if (i == -1)
 		i = MAXMACROARGS + 1;
 
-	assert(i-1 >= 0 &&
-	    i-1 < sizeof currentmacroargs / sizeof *currentmacroargs);
+	assert(i-1 >= 0);
+	assert((size_t)(i-1) < sizeof(currentmacroargs)/sizeof(*currentmacroargs));
+
 	return (currentmacroargs[i - 1]);
 }
 
-void 
+void
 sym_UseNewMacroArgs(void)
 {
 	SLONG i;
@@ -393,7 +398,7 @@ sym_UseNewMacroArgs(void)
 	}
 }
 
-void 
+void
 sym_SaveCurrentMacroArgs(char *save[])
 {
 	SLONG i;
@@ -402,7 +407,7 @@ sym_SaveCurrentMacroArgs(char *save[])
 		save[i] = currentmacroargs[i];
 }
 
-void 
+void
 sym_RestoreCurrentMacroArgs(char *save[])
 {
 	SLONG i;
@@ -411,7 +416,7 @@ sym_RestoreCurrentMacroArgs(char *save[])
 		currentmacroargs[i] = save[i];
 }
 
-void 
+void
 sym_FreeCurrentMacroArgs(void)
 {
 	SLONG i;
@@ -422,7 +427,7 @@ sym_FreeCurrentMacroArgs(void)
 	}
 }
 
-void 
+void
 sym_AddNewMacroArg(char *s)
 {
 	SLONG i = 0;
@@ -439,7 +444,7 @@ sym_AddNewMacroArg(char *s)
 		yyerror("A maximum of %d arguments allowed", MAXMACROARGS);
 }
 
-void 
+void
 sym_SetMacroArgID(ULONG nMacroCount)
 {
 	char s[256];
@@ -448,7 +453,7 @@ sym_SetMacroArgID(ULONG nMacroCount)
 	newmacroargs[MAXMACROARGS] = strdup(s);
 }
 
-void 
+void
 sym_UseCurrentMacroArgs(void)
 {
 	SLONG i;
@@ -469,7 +474,7 @@ sym_FindMacro(char *s)
 /*
  * Add an equated symbol
  */
-void 
+void
 sym_AddEqu(char *tzSym, SLONG value)
 {
 	if ((nPass == 1)
@@ -493,9 +498,18 @@ sym_AddEqu(char *tzSym, SLONG value)
 }
 
 /*
- * Add a string equated symbol
+ * Add a string equated symbol.
+ *
+ * If the desired symbol is a string it needs to be passed to this function with
+ * quotes inside the string, like sym_AddString("name", "\"test\"), or the
+ * assembler won't be able to use it with DB and similar. This is equivalent as
+ * ``` name EQUS "\"test\"" ```
+ *
+ * If the desired symbol is a register or a number, just the terminator quotes
+ * of the string are enough: sym_AddString("M_PI", "3.1415"). This is the same
+ * as ``` M_PI EQUS "3.1415" ```
  */
-void 
+void
 sym_AddString(char *tzSym, char *tzValue)
 {
 	struct sSymbol *nsym;
@@ -521,7 +535,7 @@ sym_AddString(char *tzSym, char *tzValue)
 /*
  * check if symbol is a string equated symbol
  */
-ULONG 
+ULONG
 sym_isString(char *tzSym)
 {
 	struct sSymbol *pSym;
@@ -536,7 +550,7 @@ sym_isString(char *tzSym)
 /*
  * Alter a SET symbols value
  */
-void 
+void
 sym_AddSet(char *tzSym, SLONG value)
 {
 	struct sSymbol *nsym;
@@ -555,7 +569,7 @@ sym_AddSet(char *tzSym, SLONG value)
 /*
  * Add a local (.name) relocatable symbol
  */
-void 
+void
 sym_AddLocalReloc(char *tzSym)
 {
 	if ((nPass == 1)
@@ -575,6 +589,9 @@ sym_AddLocalReloc(char *tzSym)
 				nsym->nValue = nPC;
 				nsym->nType |=
 				    SYMF_RELOC | SYMF_LOCAL | SYMF_DEFINED;
+				if (exportall) {
+				   nsym->nType |= SYMF_EXPORT;
+				}
 				nsym->pScope = pScope;
 				nsym->pSection = pCurrentSection;
 			}
@@ -586,7 +603,7 @@ sym_AddLocalReloc(char *tzSym)
 /*
  * Add a relocatable symbol
  */
-void 
+void
 sym_AddReloc(char *tzSym)
 {
 	if ((nPass == 1)
@@ -604,6 +621,9 @@ sym_AddReloc(char *tzSym)
 		if (nsym) {
 			nsym->nValue = nPC;
 			nsym->nType |= SYMF_RELOC | SYMF_DEFINED;
+			if (exportall) {
+			   nsym->nType |= SYMF_EXPORT;
+			}
 			nsym->pScope = NULL;
 			nsym->pSection = pCurrentSection;
 		}
@@ -611,10 +631,53 @@ sym_AddReloc(char *tzSym)
 	pScope = findsymbol(tzSym, NULL);
 }
 
+/*
+ * Check if the subtraction of two symbols is defined. That is, either both
+ * symbols are defined and the result is a constant, or both symbols are
+ * relocatable and belong to the same section.
+ *
+ * It returns 1 if the difference is defined, 0 if not.
+ */
+int
+sym_IsRelocDiffDefined(char *tzSym1, char *tzSym2)
+{
+	/* Do nothing the first pass. */
+	if (nPass != 2)
+		return 1;
+
+	struct sSymbol *nsym1, *nsym2;
+
+	/* Do the symbols exist? */
+	if ((nsym1 = sym_FindSymbol(tzSym1)) == NULL)
+		fatalerror("Symbol \"%s\" isn't defined.", tzSym1);
+	if ((nsym2 = sym_FindSymbol(tzSym2)) == NULL)
+		fatalerror("Symbol \"%s\" isn't defined.", tzSym2);
+
+	int s1reloc = (nsym1->nType & SYMF_RELOC) != 0;
+	int s2reloc = (nsym2->nType & SYMF_RELOC) != 0;
+
+	/* Both are non-relocatable */
+	if (!s1reloc && !s2reloc) return 1;
+
+	/* One of them relocatable, the other one not. */
+	if (s1reloc ^ s2reloc) return 0;
+
+	/* Both of them are relocatable. Make sure they are defined (internal
+         * coherency with sym_AddReloc and sym_AddLocalReloc). */
+	if (!(nsym1->nType & SYMF_DEFINED))
+		fatalerror("Relocatable symbol \"%s\" isn't defined.", tzSym1);
+	if (!(nsym2->nType & SYMF_DEFINED))
+		fatalerror("Relocatable symbol \"%s\" isn't defined.", tzSym2);
+
+	/* Both of them must be in the same section for the difference to be
+         * defined. */
+	return nsym1->pSection == nsym2->pSection;
+}
+
 /*
  * Export a symbol
  */
-void 
+void
 sym_Export(char *tzSym)
 {
 	if (nPass == 1) {
@@ -638,28 +701,10 @@ sym_Export(char *tzSym)
 
 }
 
-/*
- * Import a symbol
- */
-void 
-sym_Import(char *tzSym)
-{
-	if (nPass == 1) {
-		/* only import symbols in pass 1 */
-		struct sSymbol *nsym;
-
-		if (findsymbol(tzSym, NULL)) {
-			yyerror("'%s' already defined", tzSym);
-		}
-		if ((nsym = createsymbol(tzSym)) != NULL)
-			nsym->nType |= SYMF_IMPORT;
-	}
-}
-
 /*
  * Globalize a symbol (export if defined, import if not)
  */
-void 
+void
 sym_Global(char *tzSym)
 {
 	if (nPass == 2) {
@@ -684,7 +729,7 @@ sym_Global(char *tzSym)
 /*
  * Add a macro definition
  */
-void 
+void
 sym_AddMacro(char *tzSym)
 {
 	if ((nPass == 1)
@@ -709,10 +754,17 @@ sym_AddMacro(char *tzSym)
 	}
 }
 
+/*
+ * Set whether to export all relocable symbols by default
+ */
+void sym_SetExportAll(BBOOL set) {
+	exportall = set;
+}
+
 /*
  * Prepare for pass #1
  */
-void 
+void
 sym_PrepPass1(void)
 {
 	sym_Init();
@@ -721,7 +773,7 @@ sym_PrepPass1(void)
 /*
  * Prepare for pass #2
  */
-void 
+void
 sym_PrepPass2(void)
 {
 	SLONG i;
@@ -746,23 +798,25 @@ sym_PrepPass2(void)
 
 	sym_AddString("__TIME__", SavedTIME);
 	sym_AddString("__DATE__", SavedDATE);
+	sym_AddString("__ISO_8601_LOCAL__", SavedTIMESTAMP_ISO8601_LOCAL);
+	sym_AddString("__ISO_8601_UTC__", SavedTIMESTAMP_ISO8601_UTC);
 	sym_AddSet("_RS", 0);
 
 	sym_AddEqu("_NARG", 0);
 	p_NARGSymbol = findsymbol("_NARG", NULL);
 	p_NARGSymbol->Callback = Callback_NARG;
-	
+
 	math_DefinePI();
 }
 
 /*
  * Initialize the symboltable
  */
-void 
+void
 sym_Init(void)
 {
 	SLONG i;
-	time_t tod;
+	time_t now;
 
 	for (i = 0; i < MAXMACROARGS; i += 1) {
 		currentmacroargs[i] = NULL;
@@ -780,15 +834,32 @@ sym_Init(void)
 
 	sym_AddSet("_RS", 0);
 
-	if (time(&tod) != -1) {
-		struct tm *tptr;
+	if (time(&now) != -1) {
+		struct tm *time_local = localtime(&now);
 
-		tptr = localtime(&tod);
-		strftime(SavedTIME, sizeof(SavedTIME), "%H:%M:%S", tptr);
-		strftime(SavedDATE, sizeof(SavedDATE), "%d %B %Y", tptr);
-		sym_AddString("__TIME__", SavedTIME);
-		sym_AddString("__DATE__", SavedDATE);
+		strftime(SavedTIME, sizeof(SavedTIME), "\"%H:%M:%S\"", time_local);
+		strftime(SavedDATE, sizeof(SavedDATE), "\"%d %B %Y\"", time_local);
+		strftime(SavedTIMESTAMP_ISO8601_LOCAL,
+			sizeof(SavedTIMESTAMP_ISO8601_LOCAL), "\"%FT%T%z\"", time_local);
+
+		struct tm *time_utc = gmtime(&now);
+		strftime(SavedTIMESTAMP_ISO8601_UTC,
+			sizeof(SavedTIMESTAMP_ISO8601_UTC), "\"%FT%TZ\"", time_utc);
+	} else {
+		warnx("Couldn't determine current time.");
+		/* The '?' have to be escaped or they will be treated as
+		 * trigraphs... */
+		strcpy(SavedTIME, "\"\?\?:\?\?:\?\?\"");
+		strcpy(SavedDATE, "\"\?\? \?\?\? \?\?\?\?\"");
+		strcpy(SavedTIMESTAMP_ISO8601_LOCAL, "\"\?\?\?\?-\?\?-\?\?T\?\?:\?\?:\?\?+\?\?\?\?\"");
+		strcpy(SavedTIMESTAMP_ISO8601_UTC, "\"\?\?\?\?-\?\?-\?\?T\?\?:\?\?:\?\?Z\"");
 	}
+
+	sym_AddString("__TIME__", SavedTIME);
+	sym_AddString("__DATE__", SavedDATE);
+	sym_AddString("__ISO_8601_LOCAL__", SavedTIMESTAMP_ISO8601_LOCAL);
+	sym_AddString("__ISO_8601_UTC__", SavedTIMESTAMP_ISO8601_UTC);
+
 	pScope = NULL;
 
 	math_DefinePI();

src/extern/err.c

@@ -26,34 +26,46 @@
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #include "extern/err.h"
 
-extern char *progname;
-
 void rgbds_vwarn(const char *fmt, va_list ap)
 {
-	fprintf (stderr, "%s: ", progname);
+	fprintf (stderr, "warning");
 	if (fmt) {
-		vfprintf(stderr, fmt, ap);
 		fputs (": ", stderr);
+		vfprintf(stderr, fmt, ap);
 	}
+	putc('\n', stderr);
 	perror(0);
 }
 
 void rgbds_vwarnx(const char *fmt, va_list ap)
 {
-	fprintf (stderr, "%s: ", progname);
-	if (fmt) vfprintf(stderr, fmt, ap);
+	fprintf (stderr, "warning");
+	if (fmt) {
+		fputs (": ", stderr);
+		vfprintf(stderr, fmt, ap);
+	}
 	putc('\n', stderr);
 }
 
 noreturn void rgbds_verr(int status, const char *fmt, va_list ap)
 {
-	vwarn(fmt, ap);
+	fprintf (stderr, "error");
+	if (fmt) {
+		fputs (": ", stderr);
+		vfprintf(stderr, fmt, ap);
+	}
+	putc('\n', stderr);
 	exit(status);
 }
 
 noreturn void rgbds_verrx(int status, const char *fmt, va_list ap)
 {
-	vwarnx(fmt, ap);
+	fprintf (stderr, "error");
+        if (fmt) {
+                fputs (": ", stderr);
+                vfprintf(stderr, fmt, ap);
+        }
+	putc('\n', stderr);
 	exit(status);
 }
 

src/fix/main.c

@@ -23,8 +23,6 @@
 
 #include "extern/err.h"
 
-char *progname;
-
 static void
 usage(void)
 {
@@ -71,8 +69,6 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
 	int version;   /* mask ROM version number */
 	int padvalue;  /* to pad the rom with if it changes size */
 
-	progname = argv[0];
-
 	while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "Cci:jk:l:m:n:p:sr:t:v")) != -1) {
 		switch (ch) {
 		case 'C':

src/fix/rgbfix.1

@@ -1,4 +1,18 @@
-.Dd February 26, 2015
+.\" Copyright © 2010 Anthony J. Bentley <anthony@anjbe.name>
+.\"
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.Dd April 16, 2017
 .Dt RGBFIX 1
 .Os RGBDS Manual
 .Sh NAME
@@ -88,7 +102,10 @@ Set the title string
 to a given string, truncated to at most 16 characters.
 It is recommended to use 15 characters instead, to avoid clashing with the CGB
 flag
-.Pq Fl c No or Fl C .
+.Po Fl c
+or
+.Fl C
+.Pc .
 If both this and the game ID are set, the game ID will overwrite the
 overlapping portion of the title.
 .It Fl v
@@ -135,5 +152,5 @@ SurvivalKids.gbc
 .Sh HISTORY
 .Nm
 was originally released by Carsten S\(/orensen as a standalone program called
-gbfix.
-It was later integrated with the ASMotor package, which became RGBDS.
+gbfix, and was later packaged in RGBDS by Justin Lloyd. It is now maintained by
+a number of contributors at https://github.com/rednex/rgbds.

src/gfx/gb.c

@@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright © 2013 stag019 <stag019@gmail.com>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include "gfx/main.h"
+
+void
+transpose_tiles(struct GBImage *gb, int width)
+{
+	uint8_t *newdata;
+	int i;
+	int newbyte;
+
+	newdata = calloc(gb->size, 1);
+	for (i = 0; i < gb->size; i++) {
+		newbyte = i / (8 * depth) * width * 8 * depth;
+		newbyte = newbyte % gb->size + 8 * depth * (newbyte / gb->size) + i % (8 * depth);
+		newdata[newbyte] = gb->data[i];
+	}
+
+	free(gb->data);
+
+	gb->data = newdata;
+}
+
+void
+png_to_gb(struct PNGImage png, struct GBImage *gb)
+{
+	int x, y, byte;
+	png_byte index;
+
+	for (y = 0; y < png.height; y++) {
+		for (x = 0; x < png.width; x++) {
+			index = png.data[y][x];
+			index &= (1 << depth) - 1;
+
+			if (!gb->horizontal) {
+				byte = y * depth + x / 8 * png.height / 8 * 8 * depth;
+			} else {
+				byte = y * depth + x / 8 * png.height / 8 * 8 * depth;
+			}
+			gb->data[byte] |= (index & 1) << (7 - x % 8);
+			if (depth == 2) {
+				gb->data[byte + 1] |= (index >> 1) << (7 - x % 8);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (!gb->horizontal) {
+		transpose_tiles(gb, png.width / 8);
+	}
+}
+
+void
+output_file(struct Options opts, struct GBImage gb)
+{
+	FILE *f;
+
+	f = fopen(opts.outfile, "wb");
+	if (!f) {
+		err(1, "Opening output file '%s' failed", opts.outfile);
+	}
+	fwrite(gb.data, 1, gb.size - gb.trim * 8 * depth, f);
+
+	fclose(f);
+}
+
+int
+get_tile_index(uint8_t *tile, uint8_t **tiles, int num_tiles, int tile_size)
+{
+	int i, j;
+	for (i = 0; i < num_tiles; i++) {
+		for (j = 0; j < tile_size; j++) {
+			if (tile[j] != tiles[i][j]) {
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+		if (j >= tile_size) {
+			return i;
+		}
+	}
+	return -1;
+}
+
+void
+create_tilemap(struct Options opts, struct GBImage *gb, struct Tilemap *tilemap)
+{
+	int i, j;
+	int gb_i;
+	int tile_size;
+	int max_tiles;
+	int num_tiles;
+	int index;
+	int gb_size;
+	uint8_t *tile;
+	uint8_t **tiles;
+
+	tile_size = sizeof(uint8_t) * depth * 8;
+	gb_size = gb->size - (gb->trim * tile_size);
+	max_tiles = gb_size / tile_size;
+	tiles = malloc(sizeof(uint8_t*) * max_tiles);
+	num_tiles = 0;
+
+	tilemap->data = malloc(sizeof(uint8_t) * max_tiles);
+	tilemap->size = 0;
+
+	gb_i = 0;
+	while (gb_i < gb_size) {
+		tile = malloc(tile_size);
+		for (i = 0; i < tile_size; i++) {
+			tile[i] = gb->data[gb_i];
+			gb_i++;
+		}
+		if (opts.unique) {
+			index = get_tile_index(tile, tiles, num_tiles, tile_size);
+			if (index < 0) {
+				index = num_tiles;
+				tiles[num_tiles] = tile;
+				num_tiles++;
+			}
+		} else {
+			index = num_tiles;
+			tiles[num_tiles] = tile;
+			num_tiles++;
+		}
+		tilemap->data[tilemap->size] = index;
+		tilemap->size++;
+	}
+
+	if (opts.unique) {
+		free(gb->data);
+		gb->data = malloc(tile_size * num_tiles);
+		for (i = 0; i < num_tiles; i++) {
+			tile = tiles[i];
+			for (j = 0; j < tile_size; j++) {
+				gb->data[i * tile_size + j] = tile[j];
+			}
+		}
+		gb->size = i * tile_size;
+	}
+
+	for (i = 0; i < num_tiles; i++) {
+		free(tiles[i]);
+	}
+	free(tiles);
+}
+
+void
+output_tilemap_file(struct Options opts, struct Tilemap tilemap)
+{
+	FILE *f;
+
+	f = fopen(opts.mapfile, "wb");
+	if (!f) {
+		err(1, "Opening tilemap file '%s' failed", opts.mapfile);
+	}
+
+	fwrite(tilemap.data, 1, tilemap.size, f);
+	fclose(f);
+
+	if (opts.mapout) {
+		free(opts.mapfile);
+	}
+}
+
+void
+output_palette_file(struct Options opts, struct PNGImage png)
+{
+	FILE *f;
+	int i, colors, color;
+	png_color *palette;
+
+	if (png_get_PLTE(png.png, png.info, &palette, &colors)) {
+		f = fopen(opts.palfile, "wb");
+		if (!f) {
+			err(1, "Opening palette file '%s' failed", opts.palfile);
+		}
+		for (i = 0; i < colors; i++) {
+			color = palette[i].blue >> 3 << 10 | palette[i].green >> 3 << 5 | palette[i].red >> 3;
+			fwrite(&color, 2, 1, f);
+		}
+		fclose(f);
+	}
+
+	if (opts.palout) {
+		free(opts.palfile);
+	}
+}

src/gfx/main.c

@@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright © 2013 stag019 <stag019@gmail.com>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+#include <getopt.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include "gfx/main.h"
+
+static void
+usage(void)
+{
+	printf(
+"usage: rgbgfx [-DFfhPTuv] [-d #] [-o outfile] [-p palfile] [-t mapfile]\n"
+"[-x #] infile\n");
+	exit(1);
+}
+
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	int ch, size;
+	struct Options opts = {0};
+	struct PNGImage png = {0};
+	struct GBImage gb = {0};
+	struct Tilemap tilemap = {0};
+	char *ext;
+	const char *errmsg = "Warning: The PNG's %s setting is not the same as the setting defined on the command line.";
+
+	if (argc == 1) {
+		usage();
+	}
+
+	opts.mapfile = "";
+	opts.palfile = "";
+	opts.outfile = "";
+
+	depth = 2;
+
+	while((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "DvFfd:hx:Tt:uPp:o:")) != -1) {
+		switch(ch) {
+		case 'D':
+			opts.debug = true;
+			break;
+		case 'v':
+			opts.verbose = true;
+			break;
+		case 'F':
+			opts.hardfix = true;
+		case 'f':
+			opts.fix = true;
+			break;
+		case 'd':
+			depth = strtoul(optarg, NULL, 0);
+			break;
+		case 'h':
+			opts.horizontal = true;
+			break;
+		case 'x':
+			opts.trim = strtoul(optarg, NULL, 0);
+			break;
+		case 'T':
+			opts.mapout = true;
+			break;
+		case 't':
+			opts.mapfile = optarg;
+			break;
+		case 'u':
+			opts.unique = true;
+			break;
+		case 'P':
+			opts.palout = true;
+			break;
+		case 'p':
+			opts.palfile = optarg;
+			break;
+		case 'o':
+			opts.outfile = optarg;
+			break;
+		default:
+			usage();
+		}
+	}
+	argc -= optind;
+	argv += optind;
+
+	if (argc == 0) {
+		usage();
+	}
+
+	opts.infile = argv[argc - 1];
+
+	if (depth != 1 && depth != 2) {
+		errx(1, "Depth option must be either 1 or 2.");
+	}
+	colors = 1 << depth;
+
+	input_png_file(opts, &png);
+
+	png.mapfile = "";
+	png.palfile = "";
+
+	get_text(&png);
+
+	if (png.horizontal != opts.horizontal) {
+		if (opts.verbose) {
+			warnx(errmsg, "horizontal");
+		}
+		if (opts.hardfix) {
+			png.horizontal = opts.horizontal;
+		}
+	}
+	if (png.horizontal) {
+		opts.horizontal = png.horizontal;
+	}
+
+	if (png.trim != opts.trim) {
+		if (opts.verbose) {
+			warnx(errmsg, "trim");
+		}
+		if (opts.hardfix) {
+			png.trim = opts.trim;
+		}
+	}
+	if (png.trim) {
+		opts.trim = png.trim;
+	}
+	if (opts.trim > png.width / 8 - 1) {
+		errx(1, "Trim (%i) for input png file '%s' too large (max: %i)", opts.trim, opts.infile, png.width / 8 - 1);
+	}
+
+	if (strcmp(png.mapfile, opts.mapfile) != 0) {
+		if (opts.verbose) {
+			warnx(errmsg, "tilemap file");
+		}
+		if (opts.hardfix) {
+			png.mapfile = opts.mapfile;
+		}
+	}
+	if (!*opts.mapfile) {
+		opts.mapfile = png.mapfile;
+	}
+
+	if (png.mapout != opts.mapout) {
+		if (opts.verbose) {
+			warnx(errmsg, "tilemap file");
+		}
+		if (opts.hardfix) {
+			png.mapout = opts.mapout;
+		}
+	}
+	if (png.mapout) {
+		opts.mapout = png.mapout;
+	}
+
+	if (strcmp(png.palfile, opts.palfile) != 0) {
+		if (opts.verbose) {
+			warnx(errmsg, "palette file");
+		}
+		if (opts.hardfix) {
+			png.palfile = opts.palfile;
+		}
+	}
+	if (!*opts.palfile) {
+		opts.palfile = png.palfile;
+	}
+
+	if (png.palout != opts.palout) {
+		if (opts.verbose) {
+			warnx(errmsg, "palette file");
+		}
+		if (opts.hardfix) {
+			png.palout = opts.palout;
+		}
+	}
+	if (png.palout) {
+		opts.palout = png.palout;
+	}
+
+	if (!*opts.mapfile && opts.mapout) {
+		if ((ext = strrchr(opts.infile, '.')) != NULL) {
+			size = ext - opts.infile + 9;
+			opts.mapfile = malloc(size);
+			strncpy(opts.mapfile, opts.infile, size);
+			*strrchr(opts.mapfile, '.') = '\0';
+			strcat(opts.mapfile, ".tilemap");
+		} else {
+			opts.mapfile = malloc(strlen(opts.infile) + 9);
+			strcpy(opts.mapfile, opts.infile);
+			strcat(opts.mapfile, ".tilemap");
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (!*opts.palfile && opts.palout) {
+		if ((ext = strrchr(opts.infile, '.')) != NULL) {
+			size = ext - opts.infile + 5;
+			opts.palfile = malloc(size);
+			strncpy(opts.palfile, opts.infile, size);
+			*strrchr(opts.palfile, '.') = '\0';
+			strcat(opts.palfile, ".pal");
+		} else {
+			opts.palfile = malloc(strlen(opts.infile) + 5);
+			strcpy(opts.palfile, opts.infile);
+			strcat(opts.palfile, ".pal");
+		}
+	}
+
+	gb.size = png.width * png.height * depth / 8;
+	gb.data = calloc(gb.size, 1);
+	gb.trim = opts.trim;
+	gb.horizontal = opts.horizontal;
+
+	if (*opts.outfile || *opts.mapfile) {
+		png_to_gb(png, &gb);
+		create_tilemap(opts, &gb, &tilemap);
+	}
+
+	if (*opts.outfile) {
+		output_file(opts, gb);
+	}
+
+	if (*opts.mapfile) {
+		output_tilemap_file(opts, tilemap);
+	}
+
+	if (*opts.palfile) {
+		output_palette_file(opts, png);
+	}
+
+	if (opts.fix || opts.debug) {
+		set_text(&png);
+		output_png_file(opts, &png);
+	}
+
+	free_png_data(&png);
+	free(gb.data);
+
+	return 0;
+}

src/gfx/makepng.c

@@ -0,0 +1,339 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright © 2013 stag019 <stag019@gmail.com>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include "gfx/main.h"
+
+void
+input_png_file(struct Options opts, struct PNGImage *img)
+{
+	FILE *f;
+	int i, y, num_trans;
+	bool has_palette = false;
+	png_byte *trans_alpha;
+	png_color_16 *trans_values;
+	bool *full_alpha;
+	png_color *palette;
+
+	f = fopen(opts.infile, "rb");
+	if (!f) {
+		err(1, "Opening input png file '%s' failed", opts.infile);
+	}
+
+	img->png = png_create_read_struct(PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, NULL, NULL, NULL);
+	if (!img->png) {
+		errx(1, "Creating png structure failed");
+	}
+
+	img->info = png_create_info_struct(img->png);
+	if (!img->info) {
+		errx(1, "Creating png info structure failed");
+	}
+
+	/* Better error handling here? */
+	if (setjmp(png_jmpbuf(img->png))) {
+		exit(1);
+	}
+
+	png_init_io(img->png, f);
+
+	png_read_info(img->png, img->info);
+
+	img->width  = png_get_image_width(img->png, img->info);
+	img->height = png_get_image_height(img->png, img->info);
+	img->depth  = png_get_bit_depth(img->png, img->info);
+	img->type   = png_get_color_type(img->png, img->info);
+
+	if (img->type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA) {
+		png_set_strip_alpha(img->png);
+	}
+
+	if (img->depth != depth) {
+		if (opts.verbose) {
+			warnx("Image bit depth is not %i (is %i).", depth,
+			    img->depth);
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (img->type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY) {
+		if (img->depth < 8) {
+			png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8(img->png);
+		}
+		png_set_gray_to_rgb(img->png);
+	} else {
+		if (img->depth < 8) {
+			png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8(img->png);
+		}
+		has_palette = png_get_PLTE(img->png, img->info, &palette,
+		    &colors);
+	}
+
+	if (png_get_tRNS(img->png, img->info, &trans_alpha, &num_trans,
+	    &trans_values)) {
+		if (img->type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE) {
+			full_alpha = malloc(sizeof(bool) * num_trans);
+
+			for (i = 0; i < num_trans; i++) {
+				if (trans_alpha[i] > 0) {
+					full_alpha[i] = false;
+				} else {
+					full_alpha[i] = true;
+				}
+			}
+
+			for (i = 0; i < num_trans; i++) {
+				if (full_alpha[i]) {
+					palette[i].red   = 0xFF;
+					palette[i].green = 0x00;
+					palette[i].blue  = 0xFF;
+					/*
+					 * Set to the lightest color in the
+					 * palette.
+					 */
+				}
+			}
+
+			free(full_alpha);
+		} else {
+			/* Set to the lightest color in the image. */
+		}
+
+		png_free_data(img->png, img->info, PNG_FREE_TRNS, -1);
+	}
+
+	if (has_palette) {
+		/* Make sure palette only has the amount of colors you want. */
+	} else {
+		/*
+		 * Eventually when this copies colors from the image itself,
+		 * make sure order is lightest to darkest.
+		 */
+		palette = malloc(sizeof(png_color) * colors);
+
+		if (strcmp(opts.infile, "rgb.png") == 0) {
+			palette[0].red   = 0xFF;
+			palette[0].green = 0xEF;
+			palette[0].blue  = 0xFF;
+
+			palette[1].red   = 0xF7;
+			palette[1].green = 0xF7;
+			palette[1].blue  = 0x8C;
+
+			palette[2].red   = 0x94;
+			palette[2].green = 0x94;
+			palette[2].blue  = 0xC6;
+
+			palette[3].red   = 0x39;
+			palette[3].green = 0x39;
+			palette[3].blue  = 0x84;
+		} else {
+			palette[0].red   = 0xFF;
+			palette[0].green = 0xFF;
+			palette[0].blue  = 0xFF;
+
+			palette[1].red   = 0xA9;
+			palette[1].green = 0xA9;
+			palette[1].blue  = 0xA9;
+
+			palette[2].red   = 0x55;
+			palette[2].green = 0x55;
+			palette[2].blue  = 0x55;
+
+			palette[3].red   = 0x00;
+			palette[3].green = 0x00;
+			palette[3].blue  = 0x00;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Also unfortunately, this sets it at 8 bit, and I can't find any
+	 * option to reduce to 2 or 1 bit.
+	 */
+#if PNG_LIBPNG_VER < 10402
+	png_set_dither(img->png, palette, colors, colors, NULL, 1);
+#else
+	png_set_quantize(img->png, palette, colors, colors, NULL, 1);
+#endif
+
+	if (!has_palette) {
+		png_set_PLTE(img->png, img->info, palette, colors);
+		free(palette);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * If other useless chunks exist (sRGB, bKGD, pHYs, gAMA, cHRM, iCCP,
+	 * etc.) offer to remove?
+	 */
+
+	png_read_update_info(img->png, img->info);
+
+	img->data = malloc(sizeof(png_byte *) * img->height);
+	for (y = 0; y < img->height; y++) {
+		img->data[y] = malloc(png_get_rowbytes(img->png, img->info));
+	}
+
+	png_read_image(img->png, img->data);
+	png_read_end(img->png, img->info);
+
+	fclose(f);
+}
+
+void
+get_text(struct PNGImage *png)
+{
+	png_text *text;
+	int i, numtxts, numremoved;
+
+	png_get_text(png->png, png->info, &text, &numtxts);
+	for (i = 0; i < numtxts; i++) {
+		if (strcmp(text[i].key, "h") == 0 && !*text[i].text) {
+			png->horizontal = true;
+			png_free_data(png->png, png->info, PNG_FREE_TEXT, i);
+		} else if (strcmp(text[i].key, "x") == 0) {
+			png->trim = strtoul(text[i].text, NULL, 0);
+			png_free_data(png->png, png->info, PNG_FREE_TEXT, i);
+		} else if (strcmp(text[i].key, "t") == 0) {
+			png->mapfile = text[i].text;
+			png_free_data(png->png, png->info, PNG_FREE_TEXT, i);
+		} else if (strcmp(text[i].key, "T") == 0 && !*text[i].text) {
+			png->mapout = true;
+			png_free_data(png->png, png->info, PNG_FREE_TEXT, i);
+		} else if (strcmp(text[i].key, "p") == 0) {
+			png->palfile = text[i].text;
+			png_free_data(png->png, png->info, PNG_FREE_TEXT, i);
+		} else if (strcmp(text[i].key, "P") == 0 && !*text[i].text) {
+			png->palout = true;
+			png_free_data(png->png, png->info, PNG_FREE_TEXT, i);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* TODO: Remove this and simply change the warning function not to warn instead. */
+	for (i = 0, numremoved = 0; i < numtxts; i++) {
+		if (text[i].key == NULL) {
+			numremoved++;
+		}
+		text[i].key = text[i + numremoved].key;
+		text[i].text = text[i + numremoved].text;
+		text[i].compression = text[i + numremoved].compression;
+	}
+	png_set_text(png->png, png->info, text, numtxts - numremoved);
+}
+
+void
+set_text(struct PNGImage *png)
+{
+	png_text *text;
+	char buffer[3];
+
+	text = malloc(sizeof(png_text));
+
+	if (png->horizontal) {
+		text[0].key = "h";
+		text[0].text = "";
+		text[0].compression = PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE;
+		png_set_text(png->png, png->info, text, 1);
+	}
+	if (png->trim) {
+		text[0].key = "x";
+		snprintf(buffer, 3, "%d", png->trim);
+		text[0].text = buffer;
+		text[0].compression = PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE;
+		png_set_text(png->png, png->info, text, 1);
+	}
+	if (*png->mapfile) {
+		text[0].key = "t";
+		text[0].text = "";
+		text[0].compression = PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE;
+		png_set_text(png->png, png->info, text, 1);
+	}
+	if (png->mapout) {
+		text[0].key = "T";
+		text[0].text = "";
+		text[0].compression = PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE;
+		png_set_text(png->png, png->info, text, 1);
+	}
+	if (*png->palfile) {
+		text[0].key = "p";
+		text[0].text = "";
+		text[0].compression = PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE;
+		png_set_text(png->png, png->info, text, 1);
+	}
+	if (png->palout) {
+		text[0].key = "P";
+		text[0].text = "";
+		text[0].compression = PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE;
+		png_set_text(png->png, png->info, text, 1);
+	}
+
+	free(text);
+}
+
+void
+output_png_file(struct Options opts, struct PNGImage *png)
+{
+	FILE *f;
+	char *outfile;
+	png_struct *img;
+
+	/* Variable outfile is for debugging purposes. Eventually, opts.infile will be used directly. */
+	if (opts.debug) {
+		outfile = malloc(strlen(opts.infile) + 5);
+		strcpy(outfile, opts.infile);
+		strcat(outfile, ".out");
+	} else {
+		outfile = opts.infile;
+	}
+
+	f = fopen(outfile, "wb");
+	if (!f) {
+		err(1, "Opening output png file '%s' failed", outfile);
+	}
+
+	img = png_create_write_struct(PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, NULL, NULL, NULL);
+	if (!img) {
+		errx(1, "Creating png structure failed");
+	}
+
+	/* Better error handling here? */
+	if (setjmp(png_jmpbuf(img))) {
+		exit(1);
+	}
+
+	png_init_io(img, f);
+
+	png_write_info(img, png->info);
+
+	png_write_image(img, png->data);
+	png_write_end(img, NULL);
+
+	fclose(f);
+
+	if (opts.debug) {
+		free(outfile);
+	}
+}
+
+void
+free_png_data(struct PNGImage *png)
+{
+	int y;
+
+	for (y = 0; y < png->height; y++) {
+		free(png->data[y]);
+	}
+	free(png->data);
+}

src/gfx/rgbgfx.1

@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+.\" Copyright © 2013 stag019 <stag019@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.Dd April 8, 2017
+.Dt RGBGFX 1
+.Os RGBDS Manual
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm rgbgfx
+.Nd Game Boy graphics converter
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm rgbgfx
+.Op Fl DfFhPTv
+.Op Fl o Ar outfile
+.Op Fl d Ar depth
+.Op Fl p Ar palfile
+.Op Fl t Ar mapfile
+.Op Fl x Ar tiles
+.Ar file
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+program converts PNG images into the Nintendo Game Boy's planar tile format.
+The arguments are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Fl D
+Debug features are enabled.
+.It Fl f
+Fix the input PNG file to be a correctly indexed image.
+.It Fl F
+Same as
+.Fl f ,
+but additionally, the input PNG file is fixed to have its parameters match the
+command line's parameters.
+.It Fl d Ar depth
+The bitdepth of the output image (either 1 or 2).
+By default, the bitdepth is 2 (two bits per pixel).
+.It Fl h
+Lay out tiles horizontally rather than vertically.
+.It Fl o Ar outfile
+The name of the output file.
+.It Fl p Ar palfile
+Raw bytes (8 bytes for two bits per pixel, 4 bytes for one bit per pixel)
+containing the RGB15 values in the little-endian byte order and then ordered
+from lightest to darkest.
+.It Fl P
+Same as
+.Fl p ,
+but the pallete file output name is made by taking the input filename,
+removing the file extension, and appending
+.Pa .pal .
+.It Fl t Ar mapfile
+If any tiles are the same, don't place the repeat tiles in the output file, and
+make a tilemap file.
+.It Fl T
+Same as
+.Fl t ,
+but the tilemap file output name is made by taking the input filename,
+removing the file extension, and appending
+.Pa .tilemap .
+.It Fl u
+Truncate repeated tiles. Useful with tilemaps.
+.It Fl v
+Verbose.
+Print errors when the command line parameters and the parameters in
+the PNG file don't match.
+.It Fl x Ar tiles
+Trim the end of the output file by this many tiles.
+.El
+.Sh EXAMPLES
+The following will take a PNG file with a bitdepth of 1, 2, or 8, and output
+planar 2bpp data:
+.Pp
+.D1 $ rgbgfx -o out.2bpp in.png
+.Pp
+The following creates a planar 2bpp file with only unique tiles, and its tilemap
+.Pa out.tilemap :
+.Pp
+.D1 $ rgbgfx -T -u -o out.2bpp in.png
+.Pp
+The following will do nothing:
+.Pp
+.D1 $ rgbgfx in.png
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr rgbds 7 ,
+.Xr rgbasm 1 ,
+.Xr rgblink 1 ,
+.Xr rgbfix 1 ,
+.Xr gbz80 7
+.Sh HISTORY
+.Nm
+was created by
+.An stag019
+to be included in RGBDS.
+It is now maintained by a number of contributors at
+https://github.com/rednex/rgbds.

src/link/.gitignore

@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+parser.c
+parser.h

src/link/lexer.l

@@ -0,0 +1,192 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2017 Antonio Nino Diaz <antonio_nd@outlook.com>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+%option noinput
+%option yylineno
+
+%{
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "extern/err.h"
+#include "link/mylink.h"
+#include "link/script.h"
+
+#include "parser.h"
+
+extern int yyparse();
+
+/* File include stack. */
+
+#define	MAX_INCLUDE_DEPTH 8
+
+static int include_stack_ptr = 0;
+
+static YY_BUFFER_STATE include_stack[MAX_INCLUDE_DEPTH];
+static char include_path[MAX_INCLUDE_DEPTH][_MAX_PATH + 1];
+static int include_line[MAX_INCLUDE_DEPTH];
+
+static char linkerscript_path[_MAX_PATH + 1]; /* Base file */
+%}
+
+%%
+
+\"([^\\\"]|\\.)*\" {
+			if (strlen(yytext) > sizeof(yylval.s) - 1)
+				script_fatalerror("String is too long: %s\n.", yytext);
+			if (strlen(yytext) < 3) /* 2 quotes + 1 character */
+				script_fatalerror("String %s is invalid\n.", yytext);
+
+			yytext++; /* ignore first quote */
+			strcpy(yylval.s, yytext);
+			yylval.s[strlen(yylval.s)-1] = '\0'; /* remove end quote */
+
+			return STRING;
+		}
+
+\$[a-fA-F0-9]+	{
+			yytext++; /* Skip prefix */
+			yylval.i = strtol(yytext, NULL, 16);
+			return INTEGER;
+		}
+[0-9]+		{
+			yylval.i = strtol(yytext, NULL, 10);
+			return INTEGER;
+		}
+
+(?i:ROM0)	{ strcpy(yylval.s, "ROM0");  return SECTION_NONBANKED; }
+(?i:ROMX)	{ strcpy(yylval.s, "ROMX");  return SECTION_BANKED; }
+(?i:VRAM)	{ strcpy(yylval.s, "VRAM");  return SECTION_BANKED; }
+(?i:WRAM0)	{ strcpy(yylval.s, "WRAM0"); return SECTION_NONBANKED; }
+(?i:WRAMX)	{ strcpy(yylval.s, "WRAMX"); return SECTION_BANKED; }
+(?i:SRAM)	{ strcpy(yylval.s, "SRAM");  return SECTION_BANKED; }
+(?i:OAM)	{ strcpy(yylval.s, "OAM");   return SECTION_NONBANKED; }
+(?i:HRAM)	{ strcpy(yylval.s, "HRAM");  return SECTION_NONBANKED; }
+
+(?i:ALIGN)	{ return COMMAND_ALIGN; }
+(?i:ORG)	{ return COMMAND_ORG; }
+
+(?i:INCLUDE)	{ return COMMAND_INCLUDE; }
+
+"\n"		{ return NEWLINE; }
+
+;.*		{ /* Ignore comments. A dot doesn't match newline. */ }
+
+[[:space:]]	{ /* Ignore whitespace. */ }
+
+.		{ script_fatalerror("Invalid character [%s]\n.", yytext); }
+
+%%
+
+extern FILE *yyin;
+
+void script_Parse(const char * path)
+{
+	yyin = fopen(path, "r");
+
+	if (!yyin)
+		errx(1, "Error opening file! \"%s\"\n", path);
+
+	strncpy(linkerscript_path, path, sizeof(linkerscript_path));
+	linkerscript_path[sizeof(linkerscript_path) - 1] = '\0';
+
+	do {
+		yyparse();
+	} while (!feof(yyin));
+
+	fclose(yyin);
+
+}
+
+void script_IncludeFile(const char * path)
+{
+	if (include_stack_ptr == (MAX_INCLUDE_DEPTH-1))
+		script_fatalerror("Includes nested too deeply.");
+
+	include_line[include_stack_ptr] = yylineno;
+	include_stack[include_stack_ptr] = YY_CURRENT_BUFFER;
+
+	include_stack_ptr++;
+
+	yyin = fopen(path, "r" );
+
+	if (!yyin)
+		script_fatalerror("Couldn't open file \"%s\"", path);
+
+	strncpy(include_path[include_stack_ptr], path, sizeof(include_path[0]));
+	include_path[include_stack_ptr][sizeof(include_path[0])-1] = '\0';
+
+	yy_switch_to_buffer(yy_create_buffer(yyin, YY_BUF_SIZE));
+	yylineno = 1;
+
+	/*
+	 * The INCLUDE keyword is handled before reaching a newline token, it's
+	 * handled right after parsing the string with the file name that has to
+	 * be included. It isn't actually needed to include a newline after the
+	 * path, the last line of the linkerscript doesn't need to have a
+	 * newline character but it can have a command.
+	 *
+	 * This means that, when opening a new file, we must tell the parser
+	 * that what it is going to start at a new line or it will think that
+	 * the first line of the included script is the continuation of the
+	 * INCLUDE line of the parent script. If this is not done, the first
+	 * line of an included linkerscript can only be a comment (or empty).
+	 */
+	unput('\n');
+}
+
+int script_IncludeDepthGet(void)
+{
+	return include_stack_ptr;
+}
+
+void script_IncludePop(void)
+{
+	fclose(yyin);
+
+	include_stack_ptr--;
+
+	yy_delete_buffer(YY_CURRENT_BUFFER);
+	yy_switch_to_buffer(include_stack[include_stack_ptr]);
+	yylineno = include_line[include_stack_ptr];
+}
+
+void script_PrintFileStack(void)
+{
+	int i = include_stack_ptr;
+
+	include_line[i] = yylineno;
+
+	while (i > 0) {
+		fprintf(stderr, "%s(%d) -> ", include_path[i], include_line[i]);
+		i--;
+	}
+	fprintf(stderr, "%s(%d)", linkerscript_path, include_line[i]);
+}
+
+noreturn void script_fatalerror(const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+	va_list args;
+	va_start(args, fmt);
+	fprintf(stderr, "error: ");
+	script_PrintFileStack();
+	fprintf(stderr, ":\n\t");
+	vfprintf(stderr, fmt, args);
+	fprintf(stderr, "\n");
+	va_end(args);
+	exit(1);
+}
+

src/link/library.c

@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 #include "link/mylink.h"
 #include "link/main.h"
 
-static BBOOL 
+static BBOOL
 symboldefined(char *name)
 {
 	struct sSection *pSect;
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ symboldefined(char *name)
 	pSect = pSections;
 
 	while (pSect) {
-		ULONG i;
+		int i;
 
 		for (i = 0; i < pSect->nNumberOfSymbols; i += 1) {
 			if ((pSect->tSymbols[i]->Type == SYM_EXPORT)
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ symboldefined(char *name)
 	return (0);
 }
 
-static BBOOL 
+static BBOOL
 addmodulecontaining(char *name)
 {
 	struct sSection **ppLSect;
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ addmodulecontaining(char *name)
 	ppLSect = &pLibSections;
 
 	while (*ppLSect) {
-		ULONG i;
+		int i;
 
 		for (i = 0; i < (*ppLSect)->nNumberOfSymbols; i += 1) {
 			if (((*ppLSect)->tSymbols[i]->Type == SYM_EXPORT)
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ addmodulecontaining(char *name)
 	return (0);
 }
 
-void 
+void
 AddNeededModules(void)
 {
 	struct sSection *pSect;
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ AddNeededModules(void)
 	pSect = pSections;
 
 	while (pSect) {
-		ULONG i;
+		int i;
 
 		for (i = 0; i < pSect->nNumberOfSymbols; i += 1) {
 			if ((pSect->tSymbols[i]->Type == SYM_IMPORT)

src/link/main.c

@@ -22,21 +22,19 @@ enum eBlockType {
 
 SLONG options = 0;
 SLONG fillchar = 0;
-char smartlinkstartsymbol[256];
-
-char *progname;
+char *smartlinkstartsymbol;
 
 /*
  * Print the usagescreen
  *
  */
 
-static void 
+static void
 usage(void)
 {
 	printf(
-"usage: rgblink [-t] [-m mapfile] [-n symfile] [-o outfile] [-p pad_value]\n"
-"               [-s symbol] file [...]\n");
+"usage: rgblink [-twd] [-l linkerscript] [-m mapfile] [-n symfile] [-O overlay]\n"
+"               [-o outfile] [-p pad_value] [-s symbol] file [...]\n");
 	exit(1);
 }
 
@@ -45,7 +43,7 @@ usage(void)
  *
  */
 
-int 
+int
 main(int argc, char *argv[])
 {
 	int ch;
@@ -54,10 +52,11 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
 	if (argc == 1)
 		usage();
 
-	progname = argv[0];
-
-	while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "m:n:o:p:s:t")) != -1) {
+	while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "l:m:n:o:O:p:s:twd")) != -1) {
 		switch (ch) {
+		case 'l':
+			SetLinkerscriptName(optarg);
+			break;
 		case 'm':
 			SetMapfileName(optarg);
 			break;
@@ -67,6 +66,10 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
 		case 'o':
 			out_Setname(optarg);
 			break;
+		case 'O':
+			out_SetOverlayname(optarg);
+			options |= OPT_OVERLAY;
+			break;
 		case 'p':
 			fillchar = strtoul(optarg, &ep, 0);
 			if (optarg[0] == '\0' || *ep != '\0') {
@@ -79,10 +82,29 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
 			break;
 		case 's':
 			options |= OPT_SMART_C_LINK;
-			strcpy(smartlinkstartsymbol, optarg);
+			smartlinkstartsymbol = optarg;
 			break;
 		case 't':
-			options |= OPT_SMALL;
+			options |= OPT_TINY;
+			break;
+		case 'd':
+			/*
+			 * Set to set WRAM as a single continuous block as on
+			 * DMG. All WRAM sections must be WRAM0 as bankable WRAM
+			 * sections do not exist in this mode. A WRAMX section
+			 * will raise an error. VRAM bank 1 can't be used if
+			 * this option is enabled either.
+			 *
+			 * This option implies OPT_CONTWRAM.
+			 */
+			options |= OPT_DMG_MODE;
+			/* fallthrough */
+		case 'w':
+			/* Set to set WRAM as a single continuous block as on
+			 * DMG. All WRAM sections must be WRAM0 as bankable WRAM
+			 * sections do not exist in this mode. A WRAMX section
+			 * will raise an error. */
+			options |= OPT_CONTWRAM;
 			break;
 		default:
 			usage();

src/link/mapfile.c

@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ FILE *sf = NULL;
 SLONG currentbank = 0;
 SLONG sfbank;
 
-void 
+void
 SetMapfileName(char *name)
 {
 	mf = fopen(name, "w");
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ SetMapfileName(char *name)
 	}
 }
 
-void 
+void
 SetSymfileName(char *name)
 {
 	sf = fopen(name, "w");
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ SetSymfileName(char *name)
 	fprintf(sf, ";File generated by rgblink\n\n");
 }
 
-void 
+void
 CloseMapfile(void)
 {
 	if (mf) {
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ CloseMapfile(void)
 	}
 }
 
-void 
+void
 MapfileInitBank(SLONG bank)
 {
 	if (mf) {
@@ -65,6 +65,8 @@ MapfileInitBank(SLONG bank)
 			fprintf(mf, "HRAM:\n");
 		else if (bank == BANK_VRAM || bank == BANK_VRAM + 1)
 			fprintf(mf, "VRAM Bank #%ld:\n", bank - BANK_VRAM);
+		else if (bank == BANK_OAM)
+			fprintf(mf, "OAM:\n");
 		else if (bank < MAXBANKS)
 			fprintf(mf, "SRAM Bank #%ld:\n", bank - BANK_SRAM);
 	}
@@ -79,6 +81,8 @@ MapfileInitBank(SLONG bank)
 			sfbank = 0;
 		else if (bank == BANK_VRAM || bank == BANK_VRAM + 1)
 			sfbank = bank - BANK_VRAM;
+		else if (bank == BANK_OAM)
+			sfbank = 0;
 		else if (bank < MAXBANKS)
 			sfbank = bank - BANK_SRAM;
 		else
@@ -86,15 +90,20 @@ MapfileInitBank(SLONG bank)
 	}
 }
 
-void 
+void
 MapfileWriteSection(struct sSection * pSect)
 {
 	SLONG i;
 
 	if (mf) {
-		fprintf(mf, "  SECTION: $%04lX-$%04lX ($%04lX bytes)\n",
-		    pSect->nOrg, pSect->nOrg + pSect->nByteSize - 1,
-		    pSect->nByteSize);
+		if (pSect->nByteSize > 0) {
+			fprintf(mf, "  SECTION: $%04lX-$%04lX ($%04lX bytes) [\"%s\"]\n",
+				pSect->nOrg, pSect->nOrg + pSect->nByteSize - 1,
+				pSect->nByteSize, pSect->pzName);
+		} else {
+			fprintf(mf, "  SECTION: $%04lX ($0 bytes) [\"%s\"]\n",
+				pSect->nOrg, pSect->pzName);
+		}
 	}
 
 	for (i = 0; i < pSect->nNumberOfSymbols; i += 1) {
@@ -116,7 +125,7 @@ MapfileWriteSection(struct sSection * pSect)
 	}
 }
 
-void 
+void
 MapfileCloseBank(SLONG slack)
 {
 	if (!mf)

src/link/object.c

@@ -9,6 +9,7 @@
 #include <string.h>
 
 #include "extern/err.h"
+#include "link/assign.h"
 #include "link/mylink.h"
 #include "link/main.h"
 
@@ -23,7 +24,7 @@ BBOOL oReadLib = 0;
  *
  */
 
-SLONG 
+SLONG
 readlong(FILE * f)
 {
 	SLONG r;
@@ -36,7 +37,7 @@ readlong(FILE * f)
 	return (r);
 }
 
-UWORD 
+UWORD
 readword(FILE * f)
 {
 	UWORD r;
@@ -46,21 +47,41 @@ readword(FILE * f)
 
 	return (r);
 }
+
 /*
  * Read a NULL terminated string from a file
  *
  */
-
-SLONG 
-readasciiz(char *s, FILE * f)
+SLONG
+readasciiz(char **dest, FILE *f)
 {
-	SLONG r = 0;
+	size_t r = 0;
 
-	while (((*s++) = fgetc(f)) != 0)
+	size_t bufferLength = 16;
+	char *start = malloc(bufferLength);
+	char *s = start;
+
+	if (!s) {
+		err(1, NULL);
+	}
+
+	while (((*s++) = fgetc(f)) != 0) {
 		r += 1;
 
+		if (r >= bufferLength) {
+			bufferLength *= 2;
+			start = realloc(start, bufferLength);
+			if (!start) {
+				err(1, NULL);
+			}
+			s = start + r;
+		}
+	}
+
+	*dest = start;
 	return (r + 1);
 }
+
 /*
  * Allocate a new section and link it into the list
  *
@@ -97,7 +118,6 @@ AllocSection(void)
 struct sSymbol *
 obj_ReadSymbol(FILE * f)
 {
-	char s[256];
 	struct sSymbol *pSym;
 
 	pSym = malloc(sizeof *pSym);
@@ -105,194 +125,50 @@ obj_ReadSymbol(FILE * f)
 		err(1, NULL);
 	}
 
-	readasciiz(s, f);
-	pSym->pzName = malloc(strlen(s) + 1);
-	if (!pSym->pzName) {
-		err(1, NULL);
-	}
-
-	strcpy(pSym->pzName, s);
+	readasciiz(&pSym->pzName, f);
 	if ((pSym->Type = (enum eSymbolType) fgetc(f)) != SYM_IMPORT) {
 		pSym->nSectionID = readlong(f);
 		pSym->nOffset = readlong(f);
 	}
 	return pSym;
 }
+
 /*
- * RGB0 object reader routines
+ * RGB object reader routines
  *
  */
-
 struct sSection *
-obj_ReadRGB0Section(FILE * f)
+obj_ReadRGBSection(FILE * f)
 {
 	struct sSection *pSection;
 
+	char *pzName;
+	readasciiz(&pzName, f);
+	if (IsSectionNameInUse(pzName))
+		errx(1, "Section name \"%s\" is already in use.", pzName);
+
 	pSection = AllocSection();
+	pSection->pzName = pzName;
 
 	pSection->nByteSize = readlong(f);
 	pSection->Type = (enum eSectionType) fgetc(f);
-	pSection->nOrg = -1;
-	pSection->nBank = -1;
-
-	/* does the user want the -s mode? */
-
-	if ((options & OPT_SMALL) && (pSection->Type == SECT_ROMX)) {
-		pSection->Type = SECT_ROM0;
-	}
-	if ((pSection->Type == SECT_ROMX) || (pSection->Type == SECT_ROM0)) {
-		/*
-		 * These sectiontypes contain data...
-		 *
-		 */
-		if (pSection->nByteSize) {
-			pSection->pData = malloc(pSection->nByteSize);
-			if (!pSection->pData) {
-				err(1, NULL);
-			}
-
-			SLONG nNumberOfPatches;
-			struct sPatch **ppPatch, *pPatch;
-			char s[256];
-
-			fread(pSection->pData, sizeof(UBYTE),
-			    pSection->nByteSize, f);
-			nNumberOfPatches = readlong(f);
-			ppPatch = &pSection->pPatches;
-
-			/*
-			 * And patches...
-			 *
-			 */
-			while (nNumberOfPatches--) {
-				pPatch = malloc(sizeof *pPatch);
-				if (!pPatch) {
-					err(1, NULL);
-				}
-
-				*ppPatch = pPatch;
-				readasciiz(s, f);
-
-				pPatch->pzFilename = malloc(strlen(s) + 1);
-				if (!pPatch->pzFilename) {
-					err(1, NULL);
-				}
-
-				strcpy(pPatch->pzFilename, s);
-
-				pPatch->nLineNo =
-				    readlong(f);
-				pPatch->nOffset =
-				    readlong(f);
-				pPatch->Type =
-				    (enum ePatchType)
-				    fgetc(f);
-
-				if ((pPatch->nRPNSize = readlong(f)) > 0) {
-					pPatch->pRPN = malloc(pPatch->nRPNSize);
-					if (!pPatch->pRPN) {
-						err(1, NULL);
-					}
-
-					fread(pPatch->pRPN, sizeof(UBYTE),
-					    pPatch->nRPNSize, f);
-				} else
-					pPatch->pRPN = NULL;
-
-				pPatch->pNext = NULL;
-				ppPatch = &(pPatch->pNext);
-			}
-		} else {
-			/* Skip number of patches */
-			readlong(f);
-			pSection->pData = &dummymem;
-		}
-	}
-	return pSection;
-}
-
-void 
-obj_ReadRGB0(FILE * pObjfile)
-{
-	struct sSection *pFirstSection;
-	SLONG nNumberOfSymbols, nNumberOfSections, i;
-
-	nNumberOfSymbols = readlong(pObjfile);
-	nNumberOfSections = readlong(pObjfile);
-
-	/* First comes the symbols */
-
-	if (nNumberOfSymbols) {
-		tSymbols = malloc(nNumberOfSymbols * sizeof(struct sSymbol *));
-		if (!tSymbols) {
-			err(1, NULL);
-		}
-
-		for (i = 0; i < nNumberOfSymbols; i += 1)
-			tSymbols[i] = obj_ReadSymbol(pObjfile);
-	} else
-		tSymbols = (struct sSymbol **) & dummymem;
-
-	/* Next we have the sections */
-
-	pFirstSection = NULL;
-	while (nNumberOfSections--) {
-		struct sSection *pNewSection;
-
-		pNewSection = obj_ReadRGB0Section(pObjfile);
-		pNewSection->nNumberOfSymbols = nNumberOfSymbols;
-		if (pFirstSection == NULL)
-			pFirstSection = pNewSection;
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Fill in the pSection entry in the symbolstructure.
-	 * This REALLY needs some cleaning up... but, hey, it works
-	 *
-	 */
-
-	for (i = 0; i < nNumberOfSymbols; i += 1) {
-		struct sSection *pConvSect = pFirstSection;
-
-		if (tSymbols[i]->Type != SYM_IMPORT
-		    && tSymbols[i]->nSectionID != -1) {
-			SLONG j = 0;
-			while (j != tSymbols[i]->nSectionID) {
-				j += 1;
-				pConvSect = pConvSect->pNext;
-			}
-			tSymbols[i]->pSection = pConvSect;
-		} else
-			tSymbols[i]->pSection = NULL;
-	}
-}
-/*
- * RGB1 object reader routines
- *
- */
-
-struct sSection *
-obj_ReadRGB1Section(FILE * f)
-{
-	struct sSection *pSection;
-
-	pSection = AllocSection();
-
-	pSection->nByteSize = readlong(f);
-	pSection->Type = (enum eSectionType) fgetc(f);
-	/*
-	 * And because of THIS new feature I'll have to rewrite loads and
-	 * loads of stuff... oh well it needed to be done anyway
-	 *
-	 */
 	pSection->nOrg = readlong(f);
 	pSection->nBank = readlong(f);
+	pSection->nAlign = readlong(f);
 
-	/* does the user want the -s mode? */
-
-	if ((options & OPT_SMALL) && (pSection->Type == SECT_ROMX)) {
-		pSection->Type = SECT_ROM0;
+	if ((options & OPT_TINY) && (pSection->Type == SECT_ROMX)) {
+		errx(1,  "ROMX sections can't be used with option -t.");
 	}
+	if ((options & OPT_CONTWRAM) && (pSection->Type == SECT_WRAMX)) {
+		errx(1, "WRAMX sections can't be used with option -w.");
+	}
+	if (options & OPT_DMG_MODE) {
+		/* WRAMX sections are checked for OPT_CONTWRAM */
+		if (pSection->Type == SECT_VRAM && pSection->nBank == 1) {
+			errx(1, "VRAM bank 1 can't be used with option -w.");
+		}
+	}
+
 	if ((pSection->Type == SECT_ROMX) || (pSection->Type == SECT_ROM0)) {
 		/*
 		 * These sectiontypes contain data...
@@ -306,7 +182,6 @@ obj_ReadRGB1Section(FILE * f)
 
 			SLONG nNumberOfPatches;
 			struct sPatch **ppPatch, *pPatch;
-			char s[256];
 
 			fread(pSection->pData, sizeof(UBYTE),
 			    pSection->nByteSize, f);
@@ -324,13 +199,7 @@ obj_ReadRGB1Section(FILE * f)
 				}
 
 				*ppPatch = pPatch;
-				readasciiz(s, f);
-				pPatch->pzFilename = malloc(strlen(s) + 1);
-				if (!pPatch->pzFilename) {
-					err(1, NULL);
-				}
-
-				strcpy(pPatch->pzFilename, s);
+				readasciiz(&pPatch->pzFilename, f);
 				pPatch->nLineNo = readlong(f);
 				pPatch->nOffset = readlong(f);
 				pPatch->Type = (enum ePatchType) fgetc(f);
@@ -357,8 +226,8 @@ obj_ReadRGB1Section(FILE * f)
 	return pSection;
 }
 
-void 
-obj_ReadRGB1(FILE * pObjfile)
+void
+obj_ReadRGB(FILE * pObjfile)
 {
 	struct sSection *pFirstSection;
 	SLONG nNumberOfSymbols, nNumberOfSections, i;
@@ -385,7 +254,7 @@ obj_ReadRGB1(FILE * pObjfile)
 	while (nNumberOfSections--) {
 		struct sSection *pNewSection;
 
-		pNewSection = obj_ReadRGB1Section(pObjfile);
+		pNewSection = obj_ReadRGBSection(pObjfile);
 		pNewSection->nNumberOfSymbols = nNumberOfSymbols;
 		if (pFirstSection == NULL)
 			pFirstSection = pNewSection;
@@ -417,7 +286,7 @@ obj_ReadRGB1(FILE * pObjfile)
  *
  */
 
-void 
+void
 obj_ReadOpenFile(FILE * pObjfile, char *tzObjectfile)
 {
 	char tzHeader[8];
@@ -426,23 +295,19 @@ obj_ReadOpenFile(FILE * pObjfile, char *tzObjectfile)
 	tzHeader[4] = 0;
 	if (strncmp(tzHeader, "RGB", 3) == 0) {
 		switch (tzHeader[3]) {
-		case '0':
-			obj_ReadRGB0(pObjfile);
-			break;
-		case '1':
-		case '2':
-			//V2 is really the same but the are new patch types
-			    obj_ReadRGB1(pObjfile);
+		case '3':
+		case '4': // V4 supports OAM sections, but is otherwise identical
+			obj_ReadRGB(pObjfile);
 			break;
 		default:
-			errx(1, "'%s' is an unsupported version", tzObjectfile);
+			errx(1, "'%s' uses an unsupported object file version (%s). Please reassemble it.", tzObjectfile, tzHeader);
 		}
 	} else {
 		errx(1, "'%s' is not a valid object", tzObjectfile);
 	}
 }
 
-void 
+void
 obj_Readfile(char *tzObjectfile)
 {
 	FILE *pObjfile;
@@ -462,7 +327,7 @@ obj_Readfile(char *tzObjectfile)
 	oReadLib = 0;
 }
 
-SLONG 
+SLONG
 file_Length(FILE * f)
 {
 	ULONG r, p;
@@ -475,16 +340,16 @@ file_Length(FILE * f)
 	return (r);
 }
 
-void 
+void
 lib_ReadXLB0(FILE * f)
 {
 	SLONG size;
 
 	size = file_Length(f) - 4;
 	while (size) {
-		char name[256];
+		char *name;
 
-		size -= readasciiz(name, f);
+		size -= readasciiz(&name, f);
 		readword(f);
 		size -= 2;
 		readword(f);
@@ -492,5 +357,6 @@ lib_ReadXLB0(FILE * f)
 		size -= readlong(f);
 		size -= 4;
 		obj_ReadOpenFile(f, name);
+		free(name);
 	}
 }

src/link/output.c

@@ -8,9 +8,12 @@
 #include "link/assign.h"
 
 char *tzOutname;
+char *tzOverlayname = NULL;
 
-void 
-writehome(FILE * f)
+SLONG MaxOverlayBank;
+
+void
+writehome(FILE * f, FILE * f_overlay)
 {
 	struct sSection *pSect;
 	UBYTE *mem;
@@ -19,14 +22,19 @@ writehome(FILE * f)
 	if (!mem)
 		return;
 
-	memset(mem, fillchar, MaxAvail[BANK_ROM0]);
+	if (f_overlay != NULL) {
+		fseek(f_overlay, 0L, SEEK_SET);
+		fread(mem, 1, MaxAvail[BANK_ROM0], f_overlay);
+	} else {
+		memset(mem, fillchar, MaxAvail[BANK_ROM0]);
+	}
 	MapfileInitBank(0);
 
 	pSect = pSections;
 	while (pSect) {
 		if (pSect->Type == SECT_ROM0) {
 			memcpy(mem + pSect->nOrg, pSect->pData,
-			    pSect->nByteSize);
+				pSect->nByteSize);
 			MapfileWriteSection(pSect);
 		}
 		pSect = pSect->pNext;
@@ -38,8 +46,8 @@ writehome(FILE * f)
 	free(mem);
 }
 
-void 
-writebank(FILE * f, SLONG bank)
+void
+writebank(FILE * f, FILE * f_overlay, SLONG bank)
 {
 	struct sSection *pSect;
 	UBYTE *mem;
@@ -48,14 +56,19 @@ writebank(FILE * f, SLONG bank)
 	if (!mem)
 		return;
 
-	memset(mem, fillchar, MaxAvail[bank]);
+	if (f_overlay != NULL && bank <= MaxOverlayBank) {
+		fseek(f_overlay, bank*0x4000, SEEK_SET);
+		fread(mem, 1, MaxAvail[bank], f_overlay);
+	} else {
+		memset(mem, fillchar, MaxAvail[bank]);
+	}
 	MapfileInitBank(bank);
 
 	pSect = pSections;
 	while (pSect) {
 		if (pSect->Type == SECT_ROMX && pSect->nBank == bank) {
 			memcpy(mem + pSect->nOrg - 0x4000, pSect->pData,
-			    pSect->nByteSize);
+				pSect->nByteSize);
 			MapfileWriteSection(pSect);
 		}
 		pSect = pSect->pNext;
@@ -67,24 +80,57 @@ writebank(FILE * f, SLONG bank)
 	free(mem);
 }
 
-void 
+void
 out_Setname(char *tzOutputfile)
 {
 	tzOutname = tzOutputfile;
 }
 
-void 
+void
+out_SetOverlayname(char *tzOverlayfile)
+{
+	tzOverlayname = tzOverlayfile;
+}
+
+
+void
 Output(void)
 {
 	SLONG i;
 	FILE *f;
+	FILE *f_overlay = NULL;
 
 	if ((f = fopen(tzOutname, "wb"))) {
-		writehome(f);
+		if (tzOverlayname) {
+			f_overlay = fopen(tzOverlayname, "rb");
+			if (!f_overlay) {
+				fprintf(stderr, "Failed to open overlay file %s\n", tzOverlayname);
+				exit(1);
+			}
+			fseek(f_overlay, 0, SEEK_END);
+			if (ftell(f_overlay) % 0x4000 != 0) {
+				fprintf(stderr, "Overlay file must be aligned to 0x4000 bytes\n");
+				exit(1);
+			}
+			MaxOverlayBank = (ftell(f_overlay) / 0x4000) - 1;
+			if (MaxOverlayBank < 1) {
+				fprintf(stderr, "Overlay file be at least 0x8000 bytes\n");
+				exit(1);
+			}
+			if (MaxOverlayBank > MaxBankUsed) {
+				MaxBankUsed = MaxOverlayBank;
+			}
+		}
+
+		writehome(f, f_overlay);
 		for (i = 1; i <= MaxBankUsed; i += 1)
-			writebank(f, i);
+			writebank(f, f_overlay, i);
 
 		fclose(f);
+
+		if (tzOverlayname) {
+			fclose(f_overlay);
+		}
 	}
 	for (i = BANK_WRAM0; i < MAXBANKS; i++) {
 		struct sSection *pSect;

src/link/parser.y

@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2017 Antonio Nino Diaz <antonio_nd@outlook.com>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+%{
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include "extern/err.h"
+#include "link/script.h"
+
+int yylex();
+void yyerror(char *);
+
+extern int yylineno;
+%}
+
+%union { int i; char s[512]; }
+
+%token<i> INTEGER
+%token<s> STRING
+
+%token<s> SECTION_NONBANKED
+%token<s> SECTION_BANKED
+
+%token COMMAND_ALIGN
+%token COMMAND_ORG
+
+%token COMMAND_INCLUDE
+
+%token NEWLINE
+
+%start lines
+
+%%
+
+lines:
+	  /* empty */
+	| lines line NEWLINE
+	;
+
+line:
+	  /* empty */
+	| statement
+	;
+
+statement:
+	/* Statements to set the current section */
+	  SECTION_NONBANKED {
+		script_SetCurrentSectionType($1, 0);
+	}
+	| SECTION_NONBANKED INTEGER {
+		script_fatalerror("Trying to assign a bank to a non-banked section.\n");
+	}
+
+	| SECTION_BANKED {
+		script_fatalerror("Banked section without assigned bank.\n");
+	}
+	| SECTION_BANKED INTEGER {
+		script_SetCurrentSectionType($1, $2);
+	}
+
+	/* Commands to adjust the address inside the current section */
+	| COMMAND_ALIGN INTEGER {
+		script_SetAlignment($2);
+	}
+	| COMMAND_ALIGN {
+		script_fatalerror("ALIGN keyword needs an argument.\n");
+	}
+	| COMMAND_ORG INTEGER {
+		script_SetAddress($2);
+	}
+	| COMMAND_ORG {
+		script_fatalerror("ORG keyword needs an argument.\n");
+	}
+
+	/* Section name */
+	| STRING {
+		script_OutputSection($1);
+	}
+
+	/* Include file */
+	| COMMAND_INCLUDE STRING {
+		script_IncludeFile($2);
+	}
+
+	/* End */
+	;
+
+%%
+
+extern int yylex();
+extern int yyparse();
+
+int yywrap(void)
+{
+	if (script_IncludeDepthGet() == 0)
+		return 1;
+
+	script_IncludePop();
+
+	return 0;
+}
+
+void yyerror(char *s)
+{
+	script_fatalerror("Linkerscript parse error: \"%s\"\n", s);
+}
+

src/link/patch.c

@@ -13,19 +13,19 @@ SLONG rpnstack[256];
 SLONG rpnp;
 SLONG nPC;
 
-void 
+void
 rpnpush(SLONG i)
 {
 	rpnstack[rpnp++] = i;
 }
 
-SLONG 
+SLONG
 rpnpop(void)
 {
 	return (rpnstack[--rpnp]);
 }
 
-SLONG 
+SLONG
 getsymvalue(SLONG symid)
 {
 	switch (pCurrentSection->tSymbols[symid]->Type) {
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ getsymvalue(SLONG symid)
 	errx(1, "*INTERNAL* UNKNOWN SYMBOL TYPE");
 }
 
-SLONG 
+SLONG
 getsymbank(SLONG symid)
 {
 	SLONG nBank;
@@ -68,17 +68,21 @@ getsymbank(SLONG symid)
 		errx(1, "*INTERNAL* UNKNOWN SYMBOL TYPE");
 	}
 
-	if (nBank >= BANK_WRAMX && nBank <= (BANK_WRAMX+6))
+	if (nBank == BANK_WRAM0 || nBank == BANK_ROM0 || nBank == BANK_OAM ||
+			nBank == BANK_HRAM) {
+		return 0;
+	} else if (nBank >= BANK_WRAMX && nBank < (BANK_WRAMX + BANK_COUNT_WRAMX)) {
 		return nBank - BANK_WRAMX + 1;
-	if (nBank >= BANK_VRAM && nBank <= (BANK_VRAM+1))
+	} else if (nBank >= BANK_VRAM && nBank < (BANK_VRAM + BANK_COUNT_VRAM)) {
 		return nBank - BANK_VRAM;
-	if (nBank >= BANK_SRAM && nBank <= (BANK_SRAM+3))
+	} else if (nBank >= BANK_SRAM && nBank < (BANK_SRAM + BANK_COUNT_SRAM)) {
 		return nBank - BANK_SRAM;
+	}
 
 	return nBank;
 }
 
-SLONG 
+SLONG
 calcrpn(struct sPatch * pPatch)
 {
 	SLONG t, size;
@@ -174,15 +178,6 @@ calcrpn(struct sPatch * pPatch)
 				    pPatch->pzFilename, pPatch->nLineNo);
 			}
 			break;
-		case RPN_PCEZP:
-			t = rpnpop();
-			rpnpush(t & 0xFF);
-			if (t < 0x2000 || t > 0x20FF) {
-				errx(1,
-				    "%s(%ld) : Value must be in the ZP area",
-				    pPatch->pzFilename, pPatch->nLineNo);
-			}
-			break;
 		case RPN_CONST:
 			/* constant */
 			t = (*rpn++);
@@ -211,35 +206,12 @@ calcrpn(struct sPatch * pPatch)
 			rpnpush(getsymbank(t));
 			size -= 4;
 			break;
-		case RPN_RANGECHECK:
-			{
-				SLONG low, high;
-
-				low = (*rpn++);
-				low |= (*rpn++) << 8;
-				low |= (*rpn++) << 16;
-				low |= (*rpn++) << 24;
-				high = (*rpn++);
-				high |= (*rpn++) << 8;
-				high |= (*rpn++) << 16;
-				high |= (*rpn++) << 24;
-				t = rpnpop();
-				if (t < low || t > high) {
-					errx(1,
-					    "%s(%ld) : Value must be in the range [%ld;%ld]",
-					    pPatch->pzFilename,
-					    pPatch->nLineNo, low, high);
-				}
-				rpnpush(t);
-				size -= 8;
-				break;
-			}
 		}
 	}
 	return (rpnpop());
 }
 
-void 
+void
 Patch(void)
 {
 	struct sSection *pSect;
@@ -269,22 +241,12 @@ Patch(void)
 				}
 				break;
 			case PATCH_WORD_L:
-			case PATCH_WORD_B:
 				if (t >= -32768 && t <= 65535) {
 					t &= 0xFFFF;
-					if (pPatch->Type == PATCH_WORD_L) {
-						pSect->pData[pPatch->nOffset] =
-						    t & 0xFF;
-						pSect->pData[pPatch->nOffset +
-						    1] =
-						    (t >> 8) & 0xFF;
-					} else {
-						//Assume big endian
-						    pSect->pData[pPatch->nOffset] =
-						    (t >> 8) & 0xFF;
-						pSect->pData[pPatch->nOffset +
-						    1] = t & 0xFF;
-					}
+					pSect->pData[pPatch->nOffset] =
+						t & 0xFF;
+					pSect->pData[pPatch->nOffset + 1] =
+						(t >> 8) & 0xFF;
 				} else {
 					errx(1,
 					    "%s(%ld) : Value must be 16-bit",
@@ -301,15 +263,6 @@ Patch(void)
 				pSect->pData[pPatch->nOffset + 3] =
 				    (t >> 24) & 0xFF;
 				break;
-			case PATCH_LONG_B:
-				pSect->pData[pPatch->nOffset + 0] =
-				    (t >> 24) & 0xFF;
-				pSect->pData[pPatch->nOffset + 1] =
-				    (t >> 16) & 0xFF;
-				pSect->pData[pPatch->nOffset + 2] =
-				    (t >> 8) & 0xFF;
-				pSect->pData[pPatch->nOffset + 3] = t & 0xFF;
-				break;
 			}
 
 			pPatch = pPatch->pNext;

src/link/rgblink.1

@@ -1,4 +1,18 @@
-.Dd February 26, 2015
+.\" Copyright © 2010 Anthony J. Bentley <anthony@anjbe.name>
+.\"
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.Dd April 17, 2017
 .Dt RGBLINK 1
 .Os RGBDS Manual
 .Sh NAME
@@ -7,11 +21,15 @@
 .Sh SYNOPSIS
 .Nm rgblink
 .Op Fl t
+.Op Fl w
+.Op Fl d
 .Op Fl m Ar mapfile
 .Op Fl n Ar symfile
+.Op Fl O Ar overlayfile
 .Op Fl o Ar outfile
 .Op Fl p Ar pad_value
 .Op Fl s Ar symbol
+.Op Fl l Ar linkerscript
 .Ar
 .Sh DESCRIPTION
 The
@@ -26,12 +44,29 @@ If your ROM will only be 32KiB, you can use the
 .Fl t
 option to override this.
 .Pp
+Similarly, WRAM0 sections are placed in the first 4KiB of WRAM bank 0 and WRAMX
+sections are placed in any bank except bank 0.
+If your ROM doesn't use banked WRAM you can use option
+.Fl w
+option to override this.
+.Pp
+Also, if your ROM is designed for DMG, you can make sure that you don't use any
+prohibited section by using the option
+.Fl d ,
+which implies
+.Fl w
+but also prohibits the use of VRAM bank 1.
+.Pp
 The arguments are as follows:
 .Bl -tag -width Ds
 .It Fl m Ar mapfile
 Write a mapfile to the given filename.
 .It Fl n Ar symfile
 Write a symbol file to the given filename.
+.It Fl O Ar overlayfile
+The ROM image to overlay sections over.
+When an overlay ROM is provided, all sections must be fixed.
+This may be used to patch an existing binray.
 .It Fl o Ar outfile
 Write ROM image to the given filename.
 .It Fl p Ar pad_value
@@ -39,12 +74,27 @@ When padding an image, pad with this value.
 The default is 0x00.
 .It Fl s Ar symbol
 ???
+.It Fl w
+Expand the WRAM0 section size from 4KiB to the full 8KiB assigned to WRAM and
+prohibit the use of WRAMX sections.
+.It Fl d
+Enable DMG mode.
+Prohibit the use of sections that doesn't exist on a DMG, such as WRAMX and VRAM
+bank 1.
+This option automatically enables
+.Fl w .
 .It Fl t
-Write a tiny
-.Pq 32KiB
-ROM file.
-This forces all ROMX sections to be of type ROM0, and increases the ROM0
-section size from 16KiB to 32KiB.
+Expand the ROM0 section size from 16KiB to the full 32KiB assigned to ROM and
+prohibit the use of ROMX sections.
+Useful for ROMs that fit in 32 KiB.
+.It Fl l Ar linkerscript
+Specify a linkerscript file that tells the linker how sections must be placed in
+the ROM.
+This file has priority over the attributes assigned in the source code, but they
+have to be consistent.
+See
+.Xr rgblink 5
+for more information about its format.
 .El
 .Sh EXAMPLES
 All you need for a basic ROM is an object file, which can be made into a ROM
@@ -61,9 +111,12 @@ to fix these so that the program will actually run in a Game Boy:
 .D1 $ rgbfix -v bar.gb
 .Sh SEE ALSO
 .Xr rgbasm 1 ,
+.Xr rgblink 5 ,
 .Xr rgbfix 1 ,
+.Xr rgbds 5 ,
 .Xr rgbds 7
 .Sh HISTORY
 .Nm
 was originally written by Carsten S\(/orensen as part of the ASMotor package,
-and was later packaged in RGBDS by Justin Lloyd.
+and was later packaged in RGBDS by Justin Lloyd. It is now maintained by a
+number of contributors at https://github.com/rednex/rgbds.

src/link/rgblink.5

@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+.\" Copyright (C) 2017 Antonio Nino Diaz <antonio_nd@outlook.com>
+.\"
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.Dd April 17, 2017
+.Dt RGBLINK 5
+.Os RGBDS Manual
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm rgblink
+.Nd linkerscript file format
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The linkerscript is an external file that allows the user to specify the
+order of sections without the need for doing so before assembling each object
+file.
+.Pp
+The placement of sections specified in the linkerscript is done before the
+sections whose placement is defined in the source code.
+.Pp
+A linkerscript consists on a series of banks followed by a list of sections
+and, optionally, commands.
+They can be lowercase or uppercase, it is ignored.
+Any line can contain a comment starting with
+.Ql \&;
+that ends at the end of the line:
+.Pp
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+ROMX $F ; This is a comment
+  "Functions to read array"
+  ALIGN 8
+  "Array aligned to 256 bytes"
+
+WRAMX 2
+  "Some variables"
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Numbers can be in decimal or hexadecimal format (the prefix is
+.Ql $ ) .
+It is an error if any bank or command is found before setting a bank.
+.Pp
+Files can be included by using the
+.Ar INCLUDE
+keyword followed by a string with the path of the file that has to be included.
+.Pp
+The possible bank types are:
+.Sy ROM0 , ROMX , VRAM , WRAM0 , WRAMX , OAM
+and
+.Sy HRAM .
+Types
+.Sy ROMX , VRAM , WRAMX
+and
+.Sy SRAM
+are banked, which means that it is needed to specify a bank after the type.
+.Pp
+When a new bank statement is found, sections found after it will be placed
+right from the beginning of that bank.
+If the linkerscript switches to a different bank and then it comes back to the
+previous one it will continue from the last address that was used.
+.Pp
+The only two commands are
+.Ar ORG
+and
+.Ar ALIGN :
+.Bl -bullet
+.It
+.Ar ORG
+sets the address in which new sections will be placed.
+It can not be lower than the current address.
+.It
+.Ar ALIGN
+will increase the address until it is aligned to the specified boundary (it
+tries to set to 0 the number of bits specified after the command:
+.Sy ALIGN 8
+will align to $100).
+.El
+.Pp
+Note: The bank, alignment, address and type of sections can be specified both
+in the source code and in the linkerscript.
+For a section to be able to be placed with the linkerscript the bank must be
+left unassigned in the source code or be the same as the one specified in the
+linkerscript. The address and alignment musn't be set.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr rgbasm 1 ,
+.Xr rgblink 1 ,
+.Xr rgbfix 1 ,
+.Xr rgbds 5 ,
+.Xr rgbds 7
+.Sh HISTORY
+.Nm
+was originally written by Carsten S\(/orensen as part of the ASMotor package,
+and was later packaged in RGBDS by Justin Lloyd. It is now maintained by a
+number of contributors at https://github.com/rednex/rgbds.

src/link/script.c

@@ -0,0 +1,216 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2017 Antonio Nino Diaz <antonio_nd@outlook.com>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+#include <string.h>
+#include "extern/err.h"
+#include "link/assign.h"
+#include "link/mylink.h"
+
+static struct {
+	unsigned int address; /* current address to write sections to */
+	unsigned int top_address; /* not inclusive */
+	enum eSectionType type;
+} bank[MAXBANKS];
+
+static int current_bank = -1; /* Bank as seen by the bank array */
+static int current_real_bank = -1; /* bank as seen by the GB */
+
+void script_InitSections(void)
+{
+	int i;
+	for (i = 0; i < MAXBANKS; i++) {
+		if (i == BANK_ROM0) {
+			/* ROM0 bank */
+			bank[i].address = 0x0000;
+			if (options & OPT_TINY) {
+				bank[i].top_address = 0x8000;
+			} else {
+				bank[i].top_address = 0x4000;
+			}
+			bank[i].type = SECT_ROM0;
+		} else if (i >= BANK_ROMX && i < BANK_ROMX + BANK_COUNT_ROMX) {
+			/* Swappable ROM bank */
+			bank[i].address = 0x4000;
+			bank[i].top_address = 0x8000;
+			bank[i].type = SECT_ROMX;
+		} else if (i == BANK_WRAM0) {
+			/* WRAM */
+			bank[i].address = 0xC000;
+			if (options & OPT_CONTWRAM) {
+				bank[i].top_address = 0xE000;
+			} else {
+				bank[i].top_address = 0xD000;
+			}
+			bank[i].type = SECT_WRAM0;
+		} else if (i >= BANK_SRAM && i < BANK_SRAM + BANK_COUNT_SRAM) {
+			/* Swappable SRAM bank */
+			bank[i].address = 0xA000;
+			bank[i].top_address = 0xC000;
+			bank[i].type = SECT_SRAM;
+		} else if (i >= BANK_WRAMX && i < BANK_WRAMX + BANK_COUNT_WRAMX) {
+			/* Swappable WRAM bank */
+			bank[i].address = 0xD000;
+			bank[i].top_address = 0xE000;
+			bank[i].type = SECT_WRAMX;
+		} else if (i >= BANK_VRAM && i < BANK_VRAM + BANK_COUNT_VRAM) {
+			/* Swappable VRAM bank */
+			bank[i].address = 0x8000;
+			bank[i].type = SECT_VRAM;
+			if (options & OPT_DMG_MODE && i != BANK_VRAM) {
+				/* In DMG the only available bank is bank 0. */
+				bank[i].top_address = 0x8000;
+			} else {
+				bank[i].top_address = 0xA000;
+			}
+		} else if (i == BANK_OAM) {
+			/* OAM */
+			bank[i].address = 0xFE00;
+			bank[i].top_address = 0xFEA0;
+			bank[i].type = SECT_OAM;
+		} else if (i == BANK_HRAM) {
+			/* HRAM */
+			bank[i].address = 0xFF80;
+			bank[i].top_address = 0xFFFF;
+			bank[i].type = SECT_HRAM;
+		} else {
+			errx(1, "(INTERNAL) Unknown bank type!");
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+void script_SetCurrentSectionType(const char *type, unsigned int bank)
+{
+	if (strcmp(type, "ROM0") == 0) {
+		if (bank != 0)
+			errx(1, "(Internal) Trying to assign a bank number to ROM0.\n");
+		current_bank = BANK_ROM0;
+		current_real_bank = 0;
+		return;
+	} else if (strcmp(type, "ROMX") == 0) {
+		if (bank == 0)
+			errx(1, "ROMX index can't be 0.\n");
+		if (bank > BANK_COUNT_ROMX)
+			errx(1, "ROMX index too big (%d > %d).\n", bank, BANK_COUNT_ROMX);
+		current_bank = BANK_ROMX + bank - 1;
+		current_real_bank = bank;
+		return;
+	} else if (strcmp(type, "VRAM") == 0) {
+		if (bank >= BANK_COUNT_VRAM)
+			errx(1, "VRAM index too big (%d >= %d).\n", bank, BANK_COUNT_VRAM);
+		current_bank = BANK_VRAM + bank;
+		current_real_bank = bank;
+		return;
+	} else if (strcmp(type, "WRAM0") == 0) {
+		if (bank != 0)
+			errx(1, "(Internal) Trying to assign a bank number to WRAM0.\n");
+		current_bank = BANK_WRAM0;
+		current_real_bank = 0;
+		return;
+	} else if (strcmp(type, "WRAMX") == 0) {
+		if (bank == 0)
+			errx(1, "WRAMX index can't be 0.\n");
+		if (bank > BANK_COUNT_WRAMX)
+			errx(1, "WRAMX index too big (%d > %d).\n", bank, BANK_COUNT_WRAMX);
+		current_bank = BANK_WRAMX + bank - 1;
+		current_real_bank = bank - 1;
+		return;
+	} else if (strcmp(type, "SRAM") == 0) {
+		if (bank >= BANK_COUNT_SRAM)
+			errx(1, "SRAM index too big (%d >= %d).\n", bank, BANK_COUNT_SRAM);
+		current_bank = BANK_SRAM + bank;
+		current_real_bank = bank;
+		return;
+	} else if (strcmp(type, "OAM") == 0) {
+		if (bank != 0)
+			errx(1, "(Internal) Trying to assign a bank number to OAM.\n");
+		current_bank = BANK_OAM;
+		current_real_bank = 0;
+		return;
+	} else if (strcmp(type, "HRAM") == 0) {
+		if (bank != 0)
+			errx(1, "(Internal) Trying to assign a bank number to HRAM.\n");
+		current_bank = BANK_HRAM;
+		current_real_bank = 0;
+		return;
+	}
+
+	errx(1, "(Internal) Unknown section type \"%s\".\n", type);
+}
+
+void script_SetAddress(unsigned int addr)
+{
+	if (current_bank == -1) {
+		errx(1, "Trying to set an address without assigned bank\n");
+	}
+
+	/* Make sure that we don't go back. */
+	if (bank[current_bank].address > addr) {
+		errx(1, "Trying to go to a previous address (0x%04X to 0x%04X)\n",
+			bank[current_bank].address, addr);
+	}
+
+	bank[current_bank].address = addr;
+
+	/* Make sure we don't overflow */
+	if (bank[current_bank].address >= bank[current_bank].top_address) {
+		errx(1, "Bank overflowed (0x%04X >= 0x%04X)\n",
+			bank[current_bank].address, bank[current_bank].top_address);
+	}
+}
+
+void script_SetAlignment(unsigned int alignment)
+{
+	if (current_bank == -1) {
+		errx(1, "Trying to set an alignment without assigned bank\n");
+	}
+
+	if (alignment > 15) {
+		errx(1, "Trying to set an alignment too big: %d\n", alignment);
+	}
+
+	unsigned int size = 1 << alignment;
+	unsigned int mask = size - 1;
+
+	if (bank[current_bank].address & mask) {
+		bank[current_bank].address &= ~mask;
+		bank[current_bank].address += size;
+	}
+
+	/* Make sure we don't overflow */
+	if (bank[current_bank].address >= bank[current_bank].top_address) {
+		errx(1, "Bank overflowed (0x%04X >= 0x%04X)\n",
+			bank[current_bank].address, bank[current_bank].top_address);
+	}
+}
+
+void script_OutputSection(const char *section_name)
+{
+	if (current_bank == -1) {
+		errx(1, "Trying to place section \"%s\" without assigned bank\n", section_name);
+	}
+
+	if (!IsSectionSameTypeBankAndFloating(section_name, bank[current_bank].type,
+						current_real_bank)) {
+		errx(1, "Different attributes for \"%s\" in source and linkerscript\n",
+			section_name);
+	}
+
+	/* Move section to its place. */
+	bank[current_bank].address +=
+		AssignSectionAddressAndBankByName(section_name,
+				bank[current_bank].address, current_real_bank);
+}
+

src/link/symbol.c

@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ struct ISymbol {
 
 struct ISymbol *tHash[HASHSIZE];
 
-SLONG 
+SLONG
 calchash(char *s)
 {
 	SLONG r = 0;
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ calchash(char *s)
 	return (r % HASHSIZE);
 }
 
-void 
+void
 sym_Init(void)
 {
 	SLONG i;
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ sym_Init(void)
 		tHash[i] = NULL;
 }
 
-SLONG 
+SLONG
 sym_GetValue(char *tzName)
 {
 	if (strcmp(tzName, "@") == 0) {
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ sym_GetValue(char *tzName)
 	}
 }
 
-SLONG 
+SLONG
 sym_GetBank(char *tzName)
 {
 	struct ISymbol **ppSym;
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ sym_GetBank(char *tzName)
 	errx(1, "Unknown symbol '%s'", tzName);
 }
 
-void 
+void
 sym_CreateSymbol(char *tzName, SLONG nValue, SLONG nBank)
 {
 	if (strcmp(tzName, "@") == 0)

src/rgbds.5

@@ -0,0 +1,190 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 2017 Antonio Nino Diaz <antonio_nd@outlook.com>
+.\"
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.Dd April 17, 2017
+.Dt RGBDS 5
+.Os RGBDS Manual
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm rgbds
+.Nd object file format documentation
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+This is the description of the object files used by
+.Xr rgbasm 1
+and
+.Xr rgblink 1 .
+Please, note that the specifications may change.
+This toolchain is in development and new features may require adding more
+information to the current format, or modifying some fields, which would break
+compatibility with older versions.
+.Pp
+.Sh FILE STRUCTURE
+The following types are used:
+.Pp
+.Ar LONG
+is a 32‐bit integer stored in little‐endian format (Intel).
+.Ar BYTE
+is an 8‐bit integer.
+.Ar STRING
+is a 0‐terminated string of
+.Ar BYTE .
+.Pp
+.Bd -literal
+; Header
+
+BYTE    ID[4]            ; "RGB4"
+LONG    NumberOfSymbols  ; The number of symbols used in this file
+LONG    NumberOfSections ; The number of sections used in this file
+
+; Symbols
+
+REPT    NumberOfSymbols   ; Number of symbols defined in this object file.
+
+    STRING  Name          ; The name of this symbol. Local symbols are stored
+                          ; as "Scope.Symbol".
+
+    BYTE    Type          ; 0 = LOCAL symbol only used in this file.
+                          ; 1 = IMPORT this symbol from elsewhere (unused).
+                          ; 2 = EXPORT this symbol to other objects.
+
+    IF      Type != 1     ; If symbol is defined in this object file.
+
+        LONG    SectionID ; The section number (of this object file) in which
+                          ; this symbol is defined.
+
+        LONG    Value     ; The symbols value. It's the offset into that
+                          ; symbol's section.
+
+    ENDC
+
+ENDR
+
+; Sections
+
+REPT NumberOfSections
+    STRING  Name  ; Name of the section
+
+    LONG    Size  ; Size in bytes of this section
+
+    BYTE    Type  ; 0 = WRAM0
+                  ; 1 = VRAM
+                  ; 2 = ROMX
+                  ; 3 = ROM0
+                  ; 4 = HRAM
+                  ; 5 = WRAMX
+                  ; 6 = SRAM
+                  ; 7 = OAM
+
+    LONG    Org   ; Address to fix this section at. -1 if the linker should
+                  ; decide (floating address).
+
+    LONG    Bank  ; Bank to load this section into. -1 if the linker should
+                  ; decide (floating bank). This field is only valid for ROMX,
+                  ; VRAM, WRAMX and SRAM sections.
+
+    LONG    Align ; Alignment of this section (expressed as number of low bits
+                  ; to leave as 0). -1 if not defined.
+
+    IF      (Type == ROMX) || (Type == ROM0) ; Sections that can contain data.
+
+        BYTE    Data[Size]      ; Raw data of the section.
+
+        LONG    NumberOfPatches ; Number of patches to apply.
+
+        ; These types of sections may have patches
+
+        REPT    NumberOfPatches
+
+            STRING  SourceFile   ; Name of the source file (for printing error
+                                 ; messages).
+
+            LONG    Line         ; The line of the source file.
+
+            LONG    Offset       ; Offset into the section where patch should
+                                 ; be applied (in bytes).
+
+            BYTE    Type         ; 0 = BYTE patch.
+                                 ; 1 = little endian WORD patch.
+                                 ; 2 = little endian LONG patch.
+
+            LONG    RPNSize      ; Size of the buffer with the RPN.
+                                 ; expression.
+
+            BYTE    RPN[RPNSize] ; RPN expression. Definition below.
+
+        ENDR
+
+    ENDC
+
+ENDR
+.Ed
+.Ss RPN DATA
+Expressions in the object file are stored as RPN.
+This is an expression of the form
+.Do 2 5 + Dc .
+This will first push the value
+.Do 2 Dc to the stack.
+Then
+.Do 5 Dc .
+The
+.Do + Dc operator pops two arguments from the stack, adds them, and then pushes
+the result on the stack, effectively replacing the two top arguments with their
+sum.
+In the RGB format, RPN expressions are stored as BYTEs with some bytes being
+special prefixes for integers and symbols.
+.Pp
+.Bl -column -offset indent ".Sy String" ".Sy String"
+.It Sy Value Ta Sy Meaning
+.It Li $00 Ta Li + operator
+.It Li $01 Ta Li - operator
+.It Li $02 Ta Li * operator
+.It Li $03 Ta Li / operator
+.It Li $04 Ta Li % operator
+.It Li $05 Ta Li unary -
+.It Li $06 Ta Li | operator
+.It Li $07 Ta Li & operator
+.It Li $08 Ta Li ^ operator
+.It Li $09 Ta Li unary ~
+.It Li $0A Ta Li && comparison
+.It Li $0B Ta Li || comparison
+.It Li $0C Ta Li unary !
+.It Li $0D Ta Li == comparison
+.It Li $0E Ta Li != comparison
+.It Li $0F Ta Li > comparison
+.It Li $10 Ta Li < comparison
+.It Li $11 Ta Li >= comparison
+.It Li $12 Ta Li <= comparison
+.It Li $13 Ta Li << comparison
+.It Li $14 Ta Li >> comparison
+.It Li $15 Ta Li BANK()
+function.
+A symbol ID follows.
+.It Li $16 Ta Li HRAMCheck.
+Check if the value is in HRAM, AND it with 0xFF.
+.It Li $80 Ta Ar LONG
+integer follows.
+.It Li $81 Ta Ar LONG
+Symbol ID follows.
+.El
+.Pp
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr rgbasm 1 ,
+.Xr rgblink 1 ,
+.Xr rgbds 7 ,
+.Xr gbz80 7
+.Sh HISTORY
+.Nm rgbds
+was originally written by Carsten S\(/orensen as part of the ASMotor package,
+and was later packaged in RGBDS by Justin Lloyd.
+It is now maintained by a number of contributors at
+https://github.com/rednex/rgbds.

src/rgbds.7

@@ -1,4 +1,18 @@
-.Dd $Mdocdate$
+.\" Copyright © 2010 Anthony J. Bentley <anthony@anjbe.name>
+.\"
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.Dd April 17, 2017
 .Dt RGBDS 7
 .Os RGBDS Manual
 .Sh NAME
@@ -14,8 +28,24 @@ To get a working ROM image from a single assembly source file:
 .Xr rgbasm 1 ,
 .Xr rgbfix 1 ,
 .Xr rgblink 1 ,
+.Xr rgbds 5 ,
 .Xr gbz80 7
 .Sh HISTORY
-.Nm
-grew out of the ASMotor package released by Carsten S\(/orensen.
-It was first released as a Game Boy software package by Justin Lloyd.
+.Bl -ohang
+.It
+1997, Carsten S\(/orensen (AKA SurfSmurf) writes ASMotor as a general-purpose
+assembler/linker system for DOS/Win32.
+.It
+1999, Justin Lloyd (AKA Otaku no Zoku) adapts ASMotor to read and produce GBZ80
+assembly/machine code, and releases this version as RGBDS.
+.It
+2009, Vegard Nossum adapts the code to be more UNIX-like and releases this
+version as rgbds-linux on GitHub.
+.It
+2010, Anthony J. Bentley forks that repository. The fork becomes the reference
+implementation of rgbds.
+.It
+2017, Bentley's repository is moved to a neutral name.
+It is now maintained by a number of contributors at
+https://github.com/rednex/rgbds
+.El